Maharashtra Board Class 12 Biology Solutions Chapter 11 Enhancement of Food Production

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board 12th Biology Textbook Solutions Chapter 11 Enhancement of Food Production Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board 12th Biology Solutions Chapter 11 Enhancement of Food Production

1. Multiple choice questions

Question 1.
Antibiotic Chloromycetin is obtained from ………………….
(a) Streptomyces erythreus
(b) Penicillium chrysogenum
(c) Streptomyces venezuelae
(d) Streptomyces griseus
Answer:
(c) Streptomyces venezuelae

Question 2.
Removal of large pieces of floating debris, oily substances, etc. during sewage treatment is called ………………….
(a) primary treatment
(b) secondary treatment
(c) final treatment
(d) amplification
Answer:
(a) primary treatment

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Biology Solutions Chapter 11 Enhancement of Food Production

Question 3.
Which one of the following is free living bacterial biofertilizer?
(a) Azotobacter
(b) Rhizobium
(c) Nostoc
(d) Bacillus thuringiensis
Answer:
(a) Azotobacter

Question 4.
Most commonly used substrate for industrial production of beer is ………………….
(a) barley
(b) wheat
(c) corn
(d) sugar cane molasses
Answer:
(a) barley

Question 5.
Ethanol is commercially produced through a particular species of ………………….
(a) Aspergillus
(b) Saccharomyces
(c) Clostridium
(d) Trichoderma
Answer:
(b) Saccharomyces

Question 6.
One of the free-living anaerobic nitrogen- fixers is ………………….
(a) Azotobacter
(b) Beijerinckia
(c) Rhodospirillum
(d) Rhizobium
Answer:
(c) Rhodospirillum

Question 7.
Microorganisms also help in production of food like ………………….
(a) bread
(b) alcoholic beverages
(c) vegetables
(d) pulses
Answer:
(a) bread

Question 8.
MOET technique is used for ………………….
(a) production of hybrids
(b) inbreeding
(c) outbreeding
(d) outcrossing
Answer:
(a) production of hybrids

Question 9.
Mule is the outcome of ………………….
(a) inbreeding
(b) artificial insemination
(c) interspecific hybridization
(d) outbreeding
Answer:
(c) interspecific hybridization

2. Very Short Answer Questions

Question 1.
What makes idlis puffy?
Answer:
During preparation of idlis, rice and black gram flour is fermented by air borne Leuconostoc and Streptococcus bacteria. CO2 produced during fermentation makes them puffy.

Question 2.
Bacterial biofertilizers.
Answer:
Rhizobium, Frankia, Pseudomonas striata, Bacillus polymyxa, Agrobacterium, Microccocus, Azotobacter, Costridium, Beijerinkia, Klebsiella.

Question 3.
What is the microbial source of vitamin B12?
Answer:
The microbial source of vitamin B12 is Pseudomonas denitrificans.

Question 4.
What is the microbial source of enzyme invertase?
Answer:
The microbial source of enzyme invertase is Saccharomyces cerevisiae.

Question 5.
Milk starts to coagulate when Lactic Acid Bacteria (LAB) are added to warm milk as a starter. Mention any two other benefits of LAB.
Answer:
Lactic Acid Bacteria (LAB) check the growth of disease causing microbes and produce vitamin B.

Question 6.
Name the enzyme produced by Streptococcus bacterium. Explain its importance in medical sciences.
Answer:
The enzyme produced by Streptococcus spp. is streptokinase. It is used as a ‘clot buster’ for clearing blood clots in the blood vessels in heart patients.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Biology Solutions Chapter 11 Enhancement of Food Production

Question 7.
What is breed?
Answer:
Breed is a group of animals related by descent and similar in most characters like general appearance, features, size, configuration, etc.

Question 8.
Estuary
Answer:
Estuary is a place where river meets the sea.

Question 9.
What is shellac?
Answer:
Shellac is the pure form of lac obtained by washing and filtering.

3. Short Answer Questions.

Question 1.
Many microbes are used at home during preparation of food items. Comment on such useful ones with examples.
Answer:

  1. Many food preparations made at home involves the use of microorganisms.
  2. The microbes Lactobacilli are used in the preparation of dhokla from gram flour and buttermilk by the process of fermentation.
  3. Dosa and idlis are prepared by using batter of rice and black gram which is fermented by air borne Leuconostoc and Streptococcus bacteria.
  4. Large, fleshy fruiting bodies of some mushrooms and truffles are directly used as food. It is sugar free, fat free food rich in proteins, vitamins, minerals and amino acids. It is food with low calories.
  5. Curd is prepared by inoculating milk with Lactobacillus acidophilus. Lactic acid produced during fermentation causes coagulation and partial digestion of milk protein casein and milk turns into curd.
  6. Buttermilk is the acidulated liquid left after churning of butter from curd, is called buttermilk.

Question 2.
What is biogas? Write in brief about the production process.
Answer:
Biogas is a mixture of methane CH4 (50-60%), CO2 (30-40%), H2S (0-3%) and other gases (CO, N2, H2) in traces.

Biogas production process:
a. A typical biogas plant consists of digester (made up of concrete bricks and cement or steel and is partly buried in the soil) and gas holder (a cylindrical gas tank to collect gases).
b. Raw materials like cow dung is mixed with water in equal proportion to make slurry which is fed into the digester’ through a side opening (charge pit).

Anaerobic digestion involves following processes:
i. Hydrolysis or solubilization:
Anaerobic hydrolyzing bacteria like Clostridium and Pseudomonas hydrolyse carbohydrates into simple sugars, proteins into amino acids and lipids into fatty acids.

ii. Acidogenesis:
Facultative and obligate anaerobic, acidogenic bacteria convert simple organic substances into acids like formic acid, acetic acid, H2 and CO2

iii. Methanogenesis:
Anaerobic methanogenic bacteria like Methanobacterium, Methanococcus convert acetate, H2 and CO2 into Methane, CO2 and H2O and other products.
12 mol CH3COOH → 12CH4 + 12CO2 4mol H.COOH → CH4 + 3CO2 + 2H2O CO2 + 4H2 → CH4 + 2H2O

Question 3.
Biocontrol agents.
Answer:
(1) Biocontrol agents are the organisms like (bacteria, fungi, viruses and protozoans) act which are employed for controlling pathogens, pests and weeds.

(2) They cause the disease to the pest or compete or kill them.

(3) The use of biocontrol measures greatly reduces use of toxic chemicals and pesticides that are harmful to human beings and also pollute our environment.

(4) Biocontrol agents and their hosts.

  • Bacteria (Bacillus thuringiensis, B. papilliae and B. lentimorbus Hosts : Caterpillars, cabbage worms, adult beetles
  • Fungi (Beauveria bassiana, Entomophothora, pallidaroseum, Zoophthora radicans) Host : Aphid crocci, A. unguicilata, mealy bugs, mites, white flies, etc.
  • Protozoans (Nosema locustae) Host: Grasshoppers, caterpillars, crickets
  • Viruses (Nucleopolyhedro virus-NPV, Granulovirus-GV) Host : Caterpillars, Gypsy moth, ants and beetles.

(5) Some examples:

  • Bacillus thuringiensis (Bt) is a microbiai pesticide used to get rid of butterfly, caterpillars.
  • Trichoderma fungus is an effective biocontrol agent against soil borne fungal plant pathogens which infect roots and rhizomes.
  • Phytophthora palmiuora is a mycoherbicide that controls milk weed in orchards.
  • Pseudomonas spp. is a bacterial herbicide that attacks several weeds.
  • Tyrea moth controls the weed Senecio jacobeac.

Question 4.
Name any two enzymes and antibiotics with their microbial source.
Answer:

  1. Microbial source of Chloromycetin. – Streptomyces venezuelae
  2. Microbial source of Erythromycin. – Streptomyces erythreus
  3. Microbial source of Penicillin. – Penicillium chrysogenum
  4. Microbial source of Streptomycin. – Streptomyces griseus
  5. Microbial source of Griseofulvin. – Penicillium griseojulvum
  6. Microbial source of Bacitracin. – Bacillus licheniformis
  7. Microbial source of Oxytetracyclin / Terramycin. – Streptomyces aurifaciens
  8. The enzyme produced by Streptococcus bacterium. – Streptokinase
  9. Microbial source of Invertase. – Saccharomyces cerevisiae
  10. Microbial source of Pectinase. – Sclerotinia libertine, Aspergillus niger
  11. Microbial source of Lipase. – Candida lipolytica
  12. Microbial source of Cellulase. – Trichoderma konigii

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Biology Solutions Chapter 11 Enhancement of Food Production

Question 5.
Write the principles of farm management.
Answer:
The principles of farm management are as follows:

  1. Selection of high-yielding breeds.
  2. Understanding the feed requirements of farm animals.
  3. Supply of adequate nutritional sources for the animals.
  4. Maintaining the cleanliness of environment.
  5. Maintenance of health with the help of veterinary supervision.
  6. Undertaking vaccination programmes.
  7. Development of high-yielding cross-bred varieties.
  8. Making various products and their preservation.
  9. Distribution and marketing of the farm produce.

Question 6.
Give the economic importance of fisheries.
Answer:
Economic importance of fisheries is as follows:

  1. Fish is a nutritious food and thus is a source of many vitamins, minerals and nutrients.
  2. Commercial products such as fish oil, fish meal and fertilizers, fish guano, fish glue, isinglass are prepared from fish.
  3. These by-products are used in paints, soaps, oils and medicines.
  4. Some organisms like prawns and lobsters have high export value and market price.
  5. Fish farming and other fishery trades provide job opportunity and self-employment
  6. Productivity and national economy is improved through fishery practices.

Question 7.
Enlist the species of honey bee mentioning their specific uses.
Answer:
(1) The four species of honey bees commonly found in India : Apis dorsata (rock bee, or wild bee), Apis jlorea (little bee), Apis mellifera (European bee) and Apis indica (Indian bee).

(2) Uses:

  • Rock bee : They produce 36 kg of honey per comb per year. They produce bee wax.
  • Little bee : They produce half kg of honey per hive per year.
  • European bee : The average production per colony per year is 25 to 40 kg.
  • Indian bee : The average production per colony per year is 6 to 8 kg.

Question 8.
What are A, B, C, D in the table given below.

Types of microbe Name Commercial Product
Fungus A Penicillin
Bacterium Acetobacter aceti B
C Aspergillus niger Citric acid
Yeast D Ethanol

Answer:
A : Penicillium chrysogenum
B : Vinegar (Acetic acid)
C : Fungus
D : Sachharomyces cerevisiae var. ellipsoidis

4. Long Answer Questions.

Question 1.
Explain the process of sewage water treatment before it can be discharged into natural bodies. Why is this treatment essential?
Answer:
Sewage treatment includes following steps:
(1) Preliminary Treatment:

  • Screening: The larger suspended or floating objects are filtered and removed in screening chambers by passing the sewage through screens or net in the chambers.
  • Grit Chamber : Filtered sewage is passed into series of grit chambers which contain large stones (pebbles) and brick-ballast. Coarse particles which settle down by gravity are removed.

(2) Primary treatment (physical treatment):

  • The sewage water is pumped into the primary sedimentation tank where 50-70% of the suspended solid or organic matter get sedimented and about 30-40% (in number) of coliform organisms are removed.
  • The organic matter which is settled down is called primary sludge.
  • Primary sludge is removed by mechanically operated devices.
  • Dissolved organic matter and micro-organisms in the supernatant (effluent) are then removed by the secondary treatment.

(3) Secondary treatment (biological treatment):

  • The primary effluent is passed into large aeration tanks where it is constantly agitated mechanically and air is pumped into it.
  • The mesh like masses of aerobic bacteria, slime and fungal hyphae, known as floes are formed.
  • Aerobic microbes consume most of the organic matter and this reduces BOD (Biochemical Oxygen Demand) of the effluent.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Biology Solutions Chapter 11 Enhancement of Food Production

(4) Tertiary treatment:

  • Once the BOD is sufficiently reduced, waste water is passed into a settling tank where the floes are allowed to sediment.
  • The sediment is called activated sludge.
  • Small part of activated sludge is transferred to aeration tank and the major part is pumped in to large anaerobic sludge digesters.
  • In these tanks, anaerobic bacteria grow and digest the bacteria and fungi in the sludge and gases like methane, hydrogen sulphide, CO2, etc. are released.
  • Effluents from these digesters are released in natural water bodies like rivers and streams after chlorination which kills pathogenic bacteria.
  • Digested sludge is then disposed.

Question 2.
Lac culture.
Answer:

  1. Lac is a pink coloured resin secreted by dermal glands of female lac insect (Trachardia lacca) that hardens on coming in contact with air forming lac.
  2. Lac is a complex substance having resin, sugar, water, minerals and alkaline substances.
  3. Lac insect is colonial in habit and it feeds on succulent twigs like ber, peepal, palas, kusum, babool,
  4. These plants are artificially inoculated in order to get better and regular supply of good quality and quantity of lac.
  5. Natural lac is always contaminated and pure form of lac obtained by washing and filtering is called as shellac.
  6. Lac is used to make bangles, toys, woodwork, inks, mirrors, etc.
  7. India’s share is 85% of total lac produced in the world.

Question 3.
Describe various methods of fish preservation.
Answer:

  1. Fish is a highly perishable commodity.
  2. After catching the fish it immediately starts spoilage process.
  3. In order to prevent this process, the fish preservation is done.

The different methods of fish preservation are as follows:

  1. Chilling : This involves covering the fish with layers of ice. Ice is effective for short term preservation. It inhibits the activity of autolytic enzymes.
  2. Freezing : It is a long duration preservation method. Fish are freezed at 0°C to -20°C. This also inhibit autolytic enzyme activities and slows down bacterial growth.
  3. Freeze drying : The deep frozen -fish at -20°C are dried by direct sublimation of ice to water vapour with any melting into liquid water. This is achieved by exposing the frozen fish to 140°C in a vacuum chamber. The fish is then packed or canned in dried condition.
  4. Sun drying : This inhibits the growth of microorganisms that spoil the fish.
  5. Smoke drying : Smoke is prepared by burning woods with less resinous matter. Bacteria are destroyed by the acid content of the smoke. Smoking also give the characteristic colour, taste and odour to fish.
  6. Salting : Salt removes the moisture from the fish tissues by osmosis. High salt concentration destroys autolytic enzymes and halts bacterial activity.
  7. Canning : Canning involves sealing the food in a container, heat ‘sterilising’ the sealed unit and cooling it to ambient temperature for subsequent storage.

Question 4.
Give an account of poultry diseases.
Answer:
Various poultry diseases are as follows:

  1. Viral diseases : Ranikhet, Bronchitis, Avian influenza (bird flu), etc. Bird flu had serious impact on poultry farming and also caused human infection.
  2. Bacterial diseases : Pullorum, Cholera, Typhoid, TB, CRD (chronic respiratory disease), Enteritis, etc.
  3. Fungal diseases : Aspergillosis, Favus and Thrush.
  4. Parasitic diseases : Lice infection, round worm, caecal worm infections, etc.
  5. Protozoan diseases : Coccidiosis.

Question 5.
Give an account of mutation breeding with examples.
Answer:

  1. Mutations are sudden heritable changes in the genotype.
  2. Natural mutations occur at a very slow rate.
  3. Natural physical mutagens include exposure to high temperature, high concentration of C02, X-rays, UV rays.
  4. Mutations can be induced by using various mutagens.
  5. Mutagens cause gene mutations and chromosomal aberrations.
  6. Chemical mutagens include nitrous acid, EMS (Ethyl – Methyl – Sulphonate), mustard gas, colchicine, etc.
  7. Seedlings or seeds are irradiated by using CO60 or UV bulbs or X-ray machines.
  8. The mutated seedlings are then screened for resistance to diseases/pests, high yield, etc.
  9. Examples of mutant varieties in different crops are Jagannath (rice), NP 836 (rust resistant wheat variety), Indore-2 (cotton variety resistant to bollworm), Regina-II (cabbage variety resistant to bacterial rot).

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Biology Solutions Chapter 11 Enhancement of Food Production

Question 6.
Describe briefly various steps of plant breeding methods.
Answer:
The main steps of the plant breeding program (Hybridization) are as follows:

(1) Collection of variability:

  • Germplasm collection is the entire collection of all the diverse alleles for all genes in a given crop.
  • Wild species and relatives of the cultivated species having desired traits are collected and preserved.
  • Forests and natural reserves are the means of in situ conservation of germplasm.
  • Botanical gardens, seed banks, etc. are means of ex situ conservation of germplasm.

(2) Evaluation and selection of parents:

  • The collected germplasm is evaluated to identify healthy and vigorous plants with desirable and complementary characters.
  • Selected parents are selfed for three to four generations to increase homozygosity.
  • Only pure lines are selected, multiplied and used in the hybridization.

(3) Hybridization:

  • The variety showing maximum desirable features is selected as female (recurrent) parent and the other variety which lacks good characters found in recurrent parent is selected as male parent (donor).
  • The pollen grains from anthers of male parent are artificially dusted over stigmas of emasculated flowers of female parent.
  • Hybrid seeds are collected and sown to grow F1 geneartion.

(4) Selection and Testing of Superior Recombinants:

  • The F1 hybrid plants which are superior to both the parents and having high hybrid vigour, are selected and selfed for few generations to make them homozygous for the said desirable characters.
  • This ensures that there is no further segregation of the characters.

(5) Testing, release and commercialization of new cultivars:

  • The newly selected lines are evaluated for the productivity and desirable features like disease resistance, pest resistance, quality, etc.
  • They are initially grown under controlled conditions of water, fertilizers, etc. and their performance is recorded.
  • The selected lines are then grown for at least three generations in natural field, in different agroclimatic zones.
  • Finally variety is released as new variety for use by the farmers.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 16 Green Chemistry and Nanochemistry

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board 12th Chemistry Textbook Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 16 Green Chemistry and Nanochemistry

1. Choose the most correct option.

Question i.
The development that meets the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own need is known as
a. Continuous development
b. Sustainable development
c. True development
d. Irrational development
Answer:
b. Sustainable development

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 16 Green Chemistry and Nanochemistry

Question ii.
Which of the following is ϒ-isomer of BHC?
a. DDT
b. lindane
c. Chloroform
d. Chlorobenzene
Answer:
b. lindane

Question iii.
The prefix ‘nano’ comes from
a. French word meaning billion
b. Greek word meaning dwarf
c. Spanish word meaning particle
d. Latin word meaning invisible
Answer:
(b) Greek word meaning dwarf

Question iv.
Which of the following information is given by FTIR technique?
a. Absorption of functional groups
b. Particle size
c. Confirmation of formation of nanoparticles
d. Crystal structure
Answer:
(a) Absorption of functional groups

Question v.
The concept of green chemistry was coined by
a. Born Haber
b. Nario Taniguchi
c. Richard Feynman
d. Paul T. Anastas
Answer:
(d) Paul T. Anastas

2. Answer the following

Question i.
Write the formula to calculate % atom economy.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 16 Green Chemistry and Nanochemistry 9

Question ii.
Name the ϒ-isomer of BHC.
Answer:
Lindane

Question iii.
Ridhima wants to detect structure of surface of materials. Name the technique she has to use.
Answer:
Scanning electron microscopy (SEM)

Question iv.
Which nanomaterial is used for tyres of car to increase the life of tyres?
Answer:
Carbon black

Question v.
Name the scientist who discovered scanning tunneling microscope (STM) in 1980.
Answer:
Gerd Binning and Heinrich Rohrer. (Nobel prize 1986)

Question vi.
1 nm = …..m?
Answer:
1 nm = 109 m

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 16 Green Chemistry and Nanochemistry

3. Answer the following

Question i.
Define
(i) Green chemistry
(ii) sustainable development.
Answer:
(i) Green chemistry : Green chemistry is the use of chemistry for pollution prevention and it designs the use of chemical products and processes that reduce or eliminate the use or generation of hazardous substances.

(ii) Sustainable development : Sustainable development is the development that meets the needs of the present, without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs.

Question ii.
Explain the role of green chemistry.
Answer:
When the waste and pollution that society generates exceeds the Earth’s natural capacity for dealing with it, the green chemistry approach plays an important role.

  • To reduce or eliminate the use or generation of hazardous substances in the design, manufacture and use of chemical products by promoting innovative chemical technologies.
  • Capital expenditure required for prevention of pollution is controlled by the use of green chemistry.
  • Since green chemistry incorporates and promotes pollution prevention practices in the manufacturing process of chemicals it helps industrial ecology.
  • Green chemistry helps to protect the presence of ozone in the stratosphere. Ozone layer is essential for the survival of life on the earth.
  • Global warming (Greenhouse effect) is controlled by green chemistry. At present it is the beginning of the green revolution.
  • It is an exciting time with the new challenges for chemist involved with the discovery, manufacturing and use of chemicals. Green chemistry helps us to save environment and save earth, which is important for our future.

Question iii.
Give the full form (long form) of the names for the following instruments.
a. XRD
b. TEM.
c. STM
d. FTIR
e. SEM
Answer:
a. XRD-X-ray diffraction
b. TEM-Tunneling Electron Microscope
c. STM – Scanning Tunneling Microscope
d. FTIR-Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscope
e. SEM-Scanning Electron Microscope

Question iv.
Define the following terms :
a. Nanoscience
b. Nanotechnology
c. Nanomaterial
d. Nanochemistry
Answer:
a. Nanoscience : The study of phenomena and manipulation of materials at atomic, molecular and macromolecular scales where properties differ significantly from those at a larger scale is called nanoscience.

b. Nanotechnology : The design, characterization, production and application of structures, device and system by controlling shape and size at nanometer scale is called nanotechnology.

c. Nanomaterial : A material having structural components with at least one dimension in the nanometer scale that is 1 -100 nm is called the nanomaterial. Nanomaterials are larger than single atoms but smaller than bacteria and cells.

d. Nanochemistry : It is the combination of chemistry and nanoscience. It deals with designing and synthesis of materials of nanoscale with different size and shape, structure and composition and their organization into functional architectures.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 16 Green Chemistry and Nanochemistry

Question v.
How nanotechnology plays an important role in water purification techniques?
Answer:

  1. Water purification is an important issue as 1.1 billion people do not have access to improved water supply. Water contains water bom pathogens like viruses, bacteria.
  2. Silver nanoparticles are highly effective bacterial disinfectant to remove E. Coli from water. Hence, filter materials coated with silver nanoparticles is used to clean water.
  3. Silver nanoparticles (AgNps) is a cost effective alternative technology (for e.g. water purifier).

Question vi.
Which nanomaterial is used in sunscreen lotion? Write its use.
Answer:
Zinc oxide (ZnO) and Titanium dioxide (TiO2) nanoparticles are used sunscreen lotions. The chemicals protect the skin against harmful u.v (ultraviolet) rays by absorbing or reflecting the light and prevent the skin from damage.

Question vii.
How will you illustrate the use of safer solvent and auxiliaries?
Answer:

  • Use of safer solvents and auxiliaries – is a principle of green chemistry it states that safer solvent like water, supercritical CO2 should be used in place of volatile halogenated organic solvents, like CH2CI2, CHCI3, CCI4 for chemical synthesis and other purposes.
  • Solvents dissolve solutes and form solutions, they facilitate many reactions. Water is a safer benign solvent while solvents like dichloromethane (CH2CI2), chloroform (CHCI3) etc are hazardous.
  • Use of toxic solvents affect millions of workers every year and have implications for consumers and the environment. A large amount of waste is created by their use and they also have huge environmental and health impacts.
  • Finding safer solvents or designing processes which are solvent free is the best way to improve the process and the product.

Question viii.
Define catalyst. Give two examples.
Answer:
A substance which speeds up the rate of a reaction without itself being changed chemically in the reaction is called a catalyst. It helps to increase selectivity, minimise waste and reduce reaction time and energy demands. For example : Hydrogenation of oil the catalyst used are platinum or palladium, Raney nickel.

4. Answer the following

Question i.
Explain any three principles of green chemistry.
Answer:

  1. Environment protection is the prime concern which has lead to the need for designing chemicals that degrade and can be discarded easily. These chemicals and their degradation products should be non-toxic, non-bioaccumulative or should not be environmentally persistent.
  2. This principle aims at waste product being automatically degradable to clean the environment. Thus the preference for biodegradable polymers and pesticides.
  3. To make the separation and segregation easier for the consumer an international plastic recycle mark is printed on larger items.
  4. There is a dire need to develop improvised analytical methods to allow for real time, in process monitoring and control prior to the formation of hazardous substances.
  5. It is very much important for the chemical industries and nuclear reactors to develop or modify analytical
    methodologies so that continuous monitoring of the manufacturing and processing unit is possible.
  6. It is needed to develop chemical processes that are safer and minimize the risk of accidents. It is important to select chemical substances used in a chemical reaction in such a way that they can minimize the occurrence of chemical accidents, explosions, fire and emissions.
  7. For example : Chemical process that works with the gaseous substances can lead to relatively higher possibilities of accidents including explosion as compared to the system working with nonvolatile liquid and solid substances.

Question ii.
Explain atom economy with suitable example.
Answer:
(1) Atom economy is a measure of the amount of atoms from the starting material that are present in the final product at the end of a chemical process. Good atom economy means most of the atoms of the reactants are incorporated in the desired products. Only small amount of waste is produced, hence lesser problem of waste disposal.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 16 Green Chemistry and Nanochemistry

(2) The atom economy of a process can be calculated using the following formula.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 16 Green Chemistry and Nanochemistry 1

The atom economy of the above reacijon is less than 50% and waste produced is higher.

Question iii.
How will you illustrate the principle, minimization of steps?
Answer:
(1) The technique of protecting or blocking group is commonly used in organic synthesis. Finally on completion of reaction deprotection of the group is required. This leads to unnecessary increase in the number of steps and decreased atom economy.

(2) The green chemistry principle aims to develop processes to avoid necessary steps i.e. (minimization of steps). When biocatalyst is used very often there is no need for protection of selective group. For example, conversion of m-hydroxyl benzaldehyde to m-hydroxybenzoic acid.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 16 Green Chemistry and Nanochemistry 6

Question iv.
What do you mean by sol and gel? Describe the sol-gel method of preparation for nanoparticles.
Answer:
(1) Sol : Sols are dispersions of colloidal particles in a liquid. Colloids are solid particles with diameter of 1-100 nm.

(2) Gel : A gel is interconnected rigid network with pores of submicrometer dimensions and polymeric chains whose average length is greater than a micrometer.

(3) Sol-gel Process : A sol-gel process is an inorganic polymerisation reaction. It is generally carried out at room temperature, it includes four steps : Hydrolysis, polycondensation, drying and thermal decomposition. This method is widely used to prepare oxide materials.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 16 Green Chemistry and Nanochemistry 8

The reactions involved in the sol-gel process are as follows :
MOR + H2O → MOH + ROH (hydrolysis)
metal alkoxide
MOH + ROM → M-O-M + ROH (condensation)

  • Formation of different stable solution of the alkoxide or solvated metal precursor.
  • Gelation involves the formation of an oxide or alcohol-bridged network (gel) by a polycondensation reaction.
  • Aging of the gel means during that period gel transforms into a solid mass.
  • Drying of the gel involves removal of water and other volatile liquids from the gel network.
  • Dehydration is achieved when the material is heated at temperatures up to 800°C.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 16 Green Chemistry and Nanochemistry

Question v.
Which flower is an example of self-cleaning?
Answer:

  • Lotus is an example of self cleansing.
  • Nanostructures on the lotus plant leaves are super hydrophobic, they repel water which carries dirt as it rolls off.
    Thus though lotus plant (Nelumbonucifera) grows in muddy water, its leaves always appear clean.

Activity :
Collect information about the application of nanochemistry in cosmetics and pharmaceuticals

12th Chemistry Digest Chapter 16 Green Chemistry and Nanochemistry Intext Questions and Answers

Do you know? (Textbook page 343)

Question 1.
Does plastic packaging impact the food they wrap ?
Answer:
Phthalates leach into food through packaging so you should avoid microwaving food or drinks in plastic and not use plastic cling wrap and store your food in glass container whenever possible. Try to avoid prepackaging, processed food so that you will reduce exposure to the harmful effects of plastic.

Used Catalyst (Textbook page 342)

Question 18.
Complete the chart:

Reaction Name of Catalyst used
1. Hydrogenation of oil (Hardening) …………………………………
2. Haber’s process of manufacture of ammonia …………………………………
3. Manufacture of HDPE polymer …………………………………
4. Manufacture of H2S04 by contact process …………………………………
5. Fischer-Tropsch process (synthesis of gasoline) …………………………………

Answer:

Reaction Name of Catalyst used
1. Hydrogenation of oil (Hardening) Nickel (Ni)
2. Haber’s process of manufacture of ammonia Iron
3. Manufacture of HDPE polymer Zeigler-Natta catalyst
4. Manufacture of H2S04 by contact process Vanadium oxide (V205)
5. Fischer-Tropsch process (synthesis of gasoline) Cobalt-based or Iron based

 

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board 12th Chemistry Textbook Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives

1. Choose the most correct option.

Question i.
The correct order of increasing reactivity of C-X bond towards nucleophile in the following compounds is
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 268
a. I < II < III < IV
b. II < I < III < IV
c. III < IV < II < I
d. IV < III < I < II
Answer:
(d) IV < III < I < II

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives

Question ii.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 269
The major product of the above reaction is,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 270
Answer:
(c)

Question iii.
Which of the following is likely to undergo racemization during alkaline hydrolysis?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 271
Answer:
(a) Only I

Question iv.
The best method for preparation of alkyl fluorides is
a. Finkelstein reaction
b. Swartz reaction
c. Free radical fluorination
d. Sandmeyer’s reaction
Answer:
b. Swartz reaction

Question v.
Identify the chiral molecule from the following.
a. 1-Bromobutane
b. 1,1- Dibromobutane
c. 2,3- Dibromobutane
d. 2-Bromobutane
Answer:
(d) 2-Bromobutane

Question vi.
An alkyl chloride on Wurtz reaction gives 2,2,5,5-tetramethylhexane. The same alkyl chloride on reduction with zinc-copper couple in alchol give hydrocarbon with molecular formula C5H12. What is the structure of alkyl chloride
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 272
Answer:
(a)

Question vii.
Butanenitrile may be prepared by heating
a. propanol with KCN
b. butanol with KCN
c. n-butyl chloride with KCN
d. n-propyl chloride with KCN
Answer:
(d) n-propyl chloride with KCN

Question viii.
Choose the compound from the following that will react fastest by SN1 mechanism.
a. 1-iodobutane
b. 1-iodopropane
c. 2-iodo-2 methylbutane
d. 2-iodo-3-methylbutane
Answer:
(c) 2-iodo-2 methylbutane

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives

Question ix.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 273
The product ‘B’ in the above reaction sequence is,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 274
Answer:
(d)

Question x.
Which of the following is used as source of dichlorocarbene
a. tetrachloromethane
b. chloroform
c. iodoform
d. DDT
Answer:
(b) chloroform

2. Do as directed.

Question i.
Write IUPAC name of the following compounds
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 275
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 23
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 24

Question ii.
Write structure and IUPAC name of the major product in each of the following reaction.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 276
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 277
Answer:
Structure and IUPAC name
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 126
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 127

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives

Question iii.
Identify chiral molecule/s from the following.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 278
Answer:
Chiral molecule
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 88

Question iv.
Which one compound from the following pairs would undergo SN2 faster from the?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 279
Answer:
(1) Sincey Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 157 is a primary halide it undergoes SN2 reaction faster than Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 158.
(2) Since iodine is a better leaving group than chloride, 1-iodo propane (CH3CH2CH2I) undergoes SN2 reaction faster than l-chloropropane (CH3CH2CH2CI).

Question v.
Complete the following reactions giving major product.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 280
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 214

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 215
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 216

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 217
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 218

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 219
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 266

Question vi.
Name the reagent used to bring about the following conversions.
a. Bromoethane to ethoxyethane
b. 1-Chloropropane to 1 nitropropane
c. Ethyl bromide to ethyl isocyanide
d. Chlorobenzene to biphenyl
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 220

Question vii.
Arrange the following in the increase order of boiling points
a. 1-Bromopropane
b. 2- Bromopropane
c. 1- Bromobutane
d. 1-Bromo-2-methylpropane
Answer:
l-Bromo-2-methylpropane, 2-Bromopropane, 1-Bromopropane, 1-Bromo butane

Question viii.
Match the pairs.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 283
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 246

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives

3. Give reasons

Question i.
Haloarenes are less reactive than haloalkanes.
Answer:
Haloarenes (Aryl halides) are less reactive than (alkyl halides) haloalkanes due to the following reasons :

(1) Resonance effect : In haloarenes, the electron pairs on halogen atom are in conjugation with 7r-electrons of the benzene ring. The delocalization of these electrons C-Cl bond acquires partial double bond character.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 208

Due to partial double bond character of C-Cl bond in aryl halides, the bond cleavage in haloarene is difficult and are less reactive. On the other hand, in alkyl halides, carbon is attached to chlorine by a single bond and it can be easily broken.

(2) Aryl halides are stabilized by resonance but alkyl halides are not. Hence, the energy of activation for the displacement of halogen from aryl halides is much greater than that of alkyl halides.

(3) Different hybridization state of carbon atom in C-X bond :
(i) In alkyl halides, the carbon of C-X bond is sp3-hybridized with less 5-character and greater bond length of 178 pm, which requires less energy to break the C-X bond.

(ii) In aryl halides, the carbon of C-X bond is sp3-hybridized with more 5-character and shorter bond length which requires more energy to break C-X bond. Therefore, aryl halides are less reactive than alkyl halides.

(iii) Polarity of the C-X bond : In aryl halide C-X bond is less polar than in alkyl halides. Because sp3-hybrid carbon of C-X bond has less tendency to release electrons to the halogen than a sp3-hybrid carbon in alkyl halides. Thus halogen atom in aryl halides cannot be easily displaced by nucleophile.

(2) Aryl halides are extremely less reactive towards nucleophilic substitution reactions.
Answer:
Aryl halides are extremely less reactive towards nucleophilic substitution reaction due to the following reasons : (1) Resonance effect : In haloarenes, the electron pairs on halogen atom are in conjugation with 7r-electrons of the benzene ring. The delocalization of these electrons C-Cl bond acquires partial double bond character.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 209

Due to partial double bond character of C-Cl bond in aryl halides, the bond cleavage in haloarene is difficult and are less reactive towards nucleophilic substitution.

(2) Sp2 hybrid state of C : Different hybridization state of carbon atom in C-X bond : In aryl halides, the carbon of C-X bond is sp2-hybridized with more 5-character and shorter bond length of 169 pm which requires more energy to break C-X bond. It is difficult to break a shorter bond than a longer bond, in alkyl chloride (bond length 178 pm) therefore, aryl halides are less reactive towards nucleophilic substitution reaction.

(3) Instability of phenyl cation : In aryl halides, the phenyl cation formed due to self ionisation will not be stabilized by resonance which rules out possibility of SN1 mechanism. Also backside attack of nucleophile is blocked by the aromatic ring which rules out SN2 mechanism. Thus cations are not formed and hence aryl halides do not undergo nucleophilic substitution reaction easily.

(4) As any halides are electron rich molecules due to the presence of re-bond, they repel electron rich nucleophilic, attack. Hence, aryl halides are less reactive towards nucleophilic substitution reactions. However, the presence of electron withdrawing groups at o/p position activates the halogen of aryl halides towards substitution.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 210

(3) Aryl halides undergo electrophilic substitution reactions slowly.
Answer:
Aryl halides undergo electrophilic substitution reactions slowly and it can be explained as follows :

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives

(1) Inductive effect : The strongly electronegative halogen atom withdraws the electrons from carbon, atom of the ring, hence aryl halides show reactivity towards electrophilic attack.

(2) Resonance effect : The resonating structures of aryl halides show increase in electron density at ortho and para position, hence it is o, p directing.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 211

The inductive effect and resonance effect compete with each other. The inductive effect is stronger than resonance effect. The reactivity of aryl halides is controlled by stronger inductive effect and o, p orientation is controlled by weaker resonating effect.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 212

The attack of electrophile (Y) on haloarenes at ortho and para positions are more stable due to formation of chloronium ion. The chloronium ion formed is comparatively more stable than other hybrid structures of carbonium ion.

(4) Reactions involving Grignard reagent must be carried out under anhydrous condition.
Answer:
(1) Grignard reagent (R Mg X) is an organometallic compound. The carbon-magnesium bond is highly polar and magnesium halogen bond is in ionic in nature. Grignard reagent is highly reactive.

(2) The reactions of Grignard reagent are carried out in dry conditions because traces of moisture may spoil the reaction and Grignard reagent reacts with water to produce alkane. Hence, reactions involving Grignard reagent must be carried out under anhydrous condition.

(5) Alkyl halides are generally not prepared by free radical halogenation of alkane.
Answer:
(1) Free radical halogenation of alkane gives a mixture of all different possible Monohaloalkanes as well as polyhalogen alkanes.
(2) In this method, by changing the quantity of halogen the desired product can be made to predominate over the other
products. Hence, alkyl halides are generally not prepared by free radical halogenation of alkane.

Question ii.
Alkyl halides though polar are immiscible with water.
Answer:
(1) In alkyl halide, the halogen atom is more electronegative than carbon atom, the C – X bond is polar.
(2) Though alkyl halide is polar, it is insoluble in water because alkyl halide is not able to form hydrogen bonds with water. Attraction between alkyl halide molecule is stronger than attraction between alkyl halide and water.

(2) C-F bond in CH3F is the strongest bond and C-I bond in CH3I is the weakest bond. Explain.
Answer:
(1) Methyl fluoride (CH3F) is highly polar molecule and has the shortest C-F bond length (139 pm) and the strongest C-F bond due to greater overlap of orbitals of the same principal quantum number i.e., overlap of 2sp3 orbital of carbon with 2pz orbital of fluorine.
(2) Methyl iodide (CH3I) is much less polar and has the longest (C-I) bond length (214 pm) and the weakest C-I bond due to poor overlap of 2sp3 orbital carbon with 5pz orbital of iodine i.e., 2sp3 orbital of carbon cannot penetrate into larger p-orbitals.

(3) The boiling point of alkyl iodide is higher than that of alkyl fluoride.
Answer:
For a given alkyl group, the boiling point increases with increasing atomic mass of the halogen, because magnitude of van der Waals force increases with increase in size and mass of halogen. Therefore, boiling point of alkyl iodide is higher than that of alkyl fluoride.

(4) The boiling point of isopropyl bromide is lower than that of it-propyl bromide.
Answer:
For isomeric alkyl halides (isopropyl bromide and n-propyl bromide), the boiling point decreases as the branching increases, surface area decreases on branching and van der Waals forces decrease, therefore, the boiling point of isopropyl bromide is lower than that of n-propyl bromide.

(5) p-Dichlorobenzene Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 75 has mp. higher than those of o-and rn-isomers.
Answer:
p-Dichlorobenzene has higher melting point than those of o-and m-isomers. This is because of its symmetrical structure which can easily fits in crystal lattice. As a result intermolecular forces of attraction are stronger and therefore greater energy is required to overcome its lattice energy.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives

Question iii.
Reactions involving Grignard reagent must be carried out under anhydrous conditions.

Question iv.
Alkyl halides are generally not prepared by free radical halogenation of alkanes.
Answer:
(1) Direct fluorination of alkanes is highly exothermic, explosive and invariably leads to polyfluorination and decomposition of the alkanes. It is difficult to control the reaction.
(2) Direct iodination of alkanes is highly reversible and difficult to carry out.
(3) In direct chlorination and bromination, the reaction is not selective. It can lead to different isomeric monohalogenated alkanes (alkyl halides) as well as polyhalogenated alkanes.
Hence, halogenation of alkanes is not a good method of preparation of alkyl halides.

4. Distinguish between – SN1 and SN2 mechanism of substitution reaction ?
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 152

5. Explain – Optical isomerism in 2-chlorobutane.
Answer:
(1) 2-Chlorobutane contains an asymmetric. Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 265 carbon atom (the starred carbon atom) which is attached to four different groups, i.e., ethyl (-CH2 – CH3), methyl (CH3), chloro (Cl) and hydrogen (H) groups.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 83
(2) Two different arrangements of these groups around the carbon atom are possible as shown in the figure. Hence, it exists as a pair of enanti¬omers. The two enantiomers are mirror images of each other and are not superimposable.

(3) One of the enantiomers will rotate the plane of plane-polarized light to the left hand side and is called the laevorotatory isomer (/-isomer). The other enantiomer will rotate the plane of plane-polarized light to the right hand side and is called the dextrorotatory isomer (d-isomer).

(4) Equimolar mixture of the d- and the 1-isomers is optically inactive and is called the racemic mixture or the racemate (dl-mixture). The optical inactivity of the racemic mixture is due to external compensation.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives

6. Convert the following.

Question i.
Propene to propan-1-ol
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 177

Question ii.
Benzyl alcohol to benzyl cyanide
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 178

Question iii.
Ethanol to propane nitrile
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 179

Question iv.
But-1-ene to n-butyl iodide
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 180

Question v.
2-Chloropropane to propan-1-ol
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 181

Question vi.
tert-Butyl bromide to isobutyl bromide
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 182

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives

Question vii.
Aniline to chlorobenzene
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 183

Question viii.
Propene to 1-nitropropane
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 184

7. Answer the following

Question i.
HCl is added to a hydrocarbon ‘A’ (C4H8) to give a compound ‘B’ which on hydrolysis with aqueous alkali forms tertiary alcohol ‘C’ (C4H10O). Identify ‘A’ , ‘B’ and ‘C’.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 173

Question ii.
Complete the following reaction sequences by writing the structural formulae of the organic compounds ‘A’, ‘B’ and ‘C’.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 281
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 175
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 176

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives

Question iii.
Observe the following and answer the questions given below.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 282
a. Name the type of halogen derivative
b. Comment on the bond length of C-X bond in it
c. Can react by SN1 mechanism? Justify your answer.
Answer:
a. Vinyl halide
b. C – X bond length shorter in vinyl halide than alkyl halide. Vinyl halide has partial double bond character due to resonance.

In vinyl halide, carbon is sp hybridised. The bond is shorter and stronger and the molecule is more stable.

c. Yes, It reacts by SN1 mechanism. SN1 mechanism involves formation of carbocation intermediate. The vinylic carbocation intermediate formed is resonance stabilized, hence SN1 mechanism is favoured.

Activity :
1. Collect detailed information about Freons and their uses.
2. Collect information about DDT as a persistent pesticide.
Reference books
i. Organic chemistry by Morrison, Boyd, Bhattacharjee, 7th edition, Pearson
ii. Organic chemistry by Finar, Vol 1, 6th edition, Pearson

12th Chemistry Digest Chapter 9 Halogen Derivatives Intext Questions and Answers

Use your brain power….. (Textbook page 212)

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 284

Question 1.
Write IUPAC names of the following:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 29
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 30

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives

Question 10.1 : (Textbook page 213)

How will you obtain 1.bromo.1-methylcyclohexane from alkene? Write possible structures of alkene and the reaction involved.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 285
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 64

Use your brain power ….. (Textbook page 213)

Question 1.
Rewrite the following reaction by filling the blanks:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 65
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 66
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 67

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives

Question 10.2 : (Textbook page 216)

Arrange the following compounds in order of increasing boiling points : bromoform, chloromethane, dibromomethane, bromomethane.
Answer:
The comparative boiling points of halogen derivatives are mainly related with van der Waals forces of attraction which depend upon the molecular size. In the present case all the compounds contain only one carbon. Thus the molecular size depends upon the size of halogen and number of halogen atoms present.

Thus increasing order of boiling point is, CH3CI < CH3Br < CH2Br2 < CHBr3

Try this ….. (Textbook page 2016)

Question 1.
(1) Make a three-dimensional model of 2-chlorobutane.
(2) Make another model which is a mirror image of the first model.
(3) Try to superimpose the two models on each other.
(4) Do they superimpose on each other exactly ?
(5) Comment on whether the two models are identical or not.
Answer:
(1) (2) and (3)
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 76
(4) Two models are non-superimposable mir ror images of each other called enantiomers.

(5) Two enantiomers are identical. Theyhave the same physical properties (such as melting points, boiling points, densities refractive index). They also have identical chemical properties. The magnitude of their optical rotation is equal but the sign of optical rotation is opposite.

Try this ….. (Textbook page 219)

Question 1.
1. Draw structares of enantiomers of lactic acid Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 91 using Fischer projection formulae.
2. Draw structures of enantiomers of 2-bromobutane using wedge formula.
Answer:
(1)
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 92

(2) Wedge formula : 2-brornobutane
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 93

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives

Can you tell? (Textbook page 220)

Question 1.
Alkyl halides, when treated with alcoholic solution of silver nitrite, give nitroalkanes whereas with sodium nitrite they give alkyl nitrites. Explain.
Answer:
Nitrite ion is an ambident nucleophile, which can attack through ‘O’ or ‘N’.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 124
Both nitrogen and oxygen are capable of donating electron pair. C – N bond, being stronger than N – O bond, attack occurs through C atom from alkyl halide forming nitroalkane.

However, sodium nitrite (NaNO2) is an ionic compound and oxygen is free to donate pair of electrons. Hence, attack occurs through oxygen resulting in the formation of alkyl nitrite.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 125

Use your brain power! (Textbook page 222)

Question 1.
Draw the Fischer projection formulae of two products obtained when compound (A) reacts with OHe by SN1 mechanis.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 144
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 145

Question 2.
Draw the Fischer projection formula of the product formed when compound (B) reacts with OHΘ by SN2 mechanism.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 146
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 147

Question 10.4 : (Textbook page 223)

Allylic and benzylic halides show high reactivity towards the SN1 mechanism than other primary alkyl halides. Explain.
Answer:
In allylic and benzylic halide, the carbocation formed undergoes stabilization through the resonance. Hence, allylic and benzylic halides show high reactivity towards the SN1 reaction. The resonating structures are
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 149

Resonance stabilization of allylic carbocation
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 150
Resonance stabilization of benzylic carbocation

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives

Question 10.5 : (Textbook page 224)

Which of the following two compounds would react faster by SN2 mechanism and Why?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 151
Answer :
In SN2 mechanism, a pentacoordinate T.S. is involved. The order of reactivity of alkyl halides towards SN2 mechanism is.
Primary > Secondary > Tertiary, (due to increasing crowding in T.S. from primary to tertiary halides.
1- Chlorobutane being primary halide will react faster by SN2 mechanism, than the secondary halide 2- chlorobutane.)

Can you tell? (Textbook page 227)

Question 1.
Conversion of chlorobenzene to phenol by aqueous sodium hydroxide requires a high temperature of about 623K and high pressure. Explain.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Halogen Derivatives 199
Answer:
Due to the partial double bond character in chlorobenzene, the bond cleavage in chlorobenzene is difficult and is less reactive. Hence, during the conversion of chlorobenzene to phenol by a question NaOH requires high temperature & high pressure.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board 12th Chemistry Textbook Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds

1. Choose the most correct option.

Question i.
The oxidation state of cobalt ion in the complex [Co(NH3)5Br]SO4 is ……………………….
a. + 2
b. + 3
c. + 1
d. + 4
Answer:
(b) + 3

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds

Question ii.
IUPAC name of the complex [Pt(en)2(SCN)2]2+ is ………………………
a. bis (ethylenediamine dithiocyanatoplatinum (IV) ion
b. bis (ethylenediamine) dithiocyantoplatinate (IV) ion
c. dicyanatobis (ethylenediamine) platinate IV ion
d. bis (ethylenediammine)dithiocynato platinate (IV) ion
Answer:
(a) bis(ethylenediamine dithiocyanatoplatinum (IV) ion

Question iii.
Formula for the compound sodium hexacynoferrate (III) is
a. [NaFe(CN)6]
b. Na2[Fe(CN)6]
c. Na[Fe(CN)6]
d. Na3[Fe(CN)6]
Answer:
(d) Na3[Fe(CN)6]

Question iv.
Which of the following complexes exist as cis and trans isomers?
1. [Cr(NH2)2Cl4]
2. [Co(NH3)5Br]2⊕
3. [PtCl2Br2]2⊕ (square planar)
4. [FeCl2(NCS)2]2⊕ (tetrahedral)
a. 1 and 3
b. 2 and 3
c. 1 and 3
d. 4 only
Answer:
(a) 1 and 3

Question v.
Which of the following complexes are chiral?
1. [Co(en)2Cl2]
2. [Pt(en)Cl2]
3. [Cr(C2O4)3]3⊕
4. [Co(NH3)4CI2]
a. 1 and 3
b. 2 and 3
c. 1 and 4
d. 2 and 4
Answer:
(a) 1 and 3

Question vi.
On the basis of CFT predict the number of unpaired electrons in [CrF6]3.
a. 1
b. 2
c. 3
d. 4
Answer:
(c) 3

Question vii.
When an excess of AgNO3 is added to the complex one mole of AgCl is precipitated. The formula of the complex is ……………..
a. [CoCl2(NH3)4]Cl
b. [CoCl(NH3)4] Cl2
c. [CoCl3(NH3)3]
d. [Co(NH3)4]Cl3
Answer:
(a) [COCI3(NH3)4]CI

Question viii.
The sum of coordination number and oxidation number of M in [M(en)2C2O4]Cl is
a. 6
b. 7
c. 9
d. 8
Answer:
(c) 9

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds

2. Answer the following in one or two sentences.

Question i.
Write the formula for tetraammineplatinum (II) chloride.
Answer:
Formula of tetraamineplatinum(II) chloride : [Pt(NH3)4]CI2

Table 9.1 : IUPAC names of anionic and neutral ligands
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 3
Table 9.2: IUPAC names of anionic complexes

Metal Name
A1
Cr
Cu
Co
Au(Gold)
Fe
Pb
Mn
Mo
Ni
Zn
Ag
Sn
Aluminate
Chromate
Cuprate
Cobaltate
Aurate
Ferrate
Plumbate
Manganate
Molybdate
Nickelate
Zincate
Argentate
Stannate

Table 9.3 : IUPAC names of some complexes

Complex IUPAC name
(i) Anionic complexes :
(a) [Ni(CN)J2-
(b) [Co(C204)3]3-
(c) [Fe(CN)6]4-
Tetracyanonickelate(II) ion Trioxalatocobaltate(III) ion
Hexacyanoferrate(II) ion
(ii) Compounds containing complex anions and metal cations :
(a) Na3[Co(N02)6]
(b) K3[A1(C204)3]
(c) Na3[AIF6]
Sodium hexanitrocobaltate(III)
Potassium trioxalatoaluminate(III)
Sodium hexafluoroaluminate(III)
(iii) Cationic complexes :
(a) [Cu(NH3)4]2+
(b) [Fe(H20)5(NCS)]2+
(c) [Pt(en)2(SCN)2]2+
Tetraamminecopper(II) ion
Pentaaquai sothiocyanatoiron(III) ionBis(ethylenediamine)dithiocyanatoplatinum(IV)
(iv) Compounds containing complex cation and anion :
(a) [PtBr2(NH3)4]Br2
(b) [Co(NH3)5C03]CI
(c) [Co(H20)(NH3)5]I3
Tetraamminedibromoplatinum(IV) bromide, Pentaamminecarbonatocobalt(III) chloride, Pentaammineaquacobalt(III) iodide
(v) Neutral complexes :
(a) Co(N02)3(NH3)3
(b) Fe(CO)5
(c) Rh(NH3) 3(SCN) 3
Triamminetrinitrocobalt(III) Pentacarbonyliron(0) Triamminetrithiocyanatorhodium(III)

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds

Question ii.
Predict whether the [Cr(en)2(H2O)2]3+ complex is chiral. Write structure of its enantiomer.
Answer:
(i) Complex is chiral.
(ii) The following are its enantiomers
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 19

Question iv.
Name the Lewis acids and bases in the complex [PtCl2(NH3)2].
Answer:
Lewis acid : Pt2+
Lewis bases : Cl and NF3

Question v.
What is the shape of a complex in which the coordination number of central metal ion is 4?
Answer:
A complex with the coordination number of central metal ion equal to 4 may be tetrahedral or square planar.

Question vi.
Is the complex [CoF6] cationic or anionic if the oxidation state of cobalt ion is +3?
Answer:
In the complex, Co carries + 3 charge while 6F carry – 6 charge. Hence the net charge on the complex is – 3.
Therefore it is an anionic complex.

Question vii.
Consider the complexes [Cu(NH3)4][PtCl4] and [Pt(NH3)4] [CuCl4]. What type of isomerism these two complexes exhibit?
Answer:
Since in these two given complexes, there is an exchange of ligands between cationic and anionic constituents, they exhibit coordination isomerism.

Question viii.
Mention two applications of coordination compounds.
Answer:
(1) In biology : Several biologically important natural compounds are metal complexes which play an important role in number of processes occurring in plants and animals.

For example, chlorophyll in plants is a complex of Mg2+ ions, haemoglobin in blood is a complex of iron, vitamin B12 is a complex of cobalt.

(2) In medicine : The complexes are used on a large scale in medicine. Many medicines in the complex form are more stable, more effective and can be assimilated easily.

For example, platinum complex [Pt(NH3)2CI2] known as cisplatin is effectively used in cancer treatment. EDTA is used to treat poisoning by heavy metals like lead.

(3) To estimate hardness of water :

  • The hardness of water is due to the presence Mg2+ and Ca2+ ion in water.
  • The strong field ligand EDTA forms stable complexes with Mg2+ and Ca2+. Hence these ions can be removed by adding EDTA to hard water.

Similarly these ions can be selectively estimated due to the difference in their stability constants.

(4) Electroplating : This involves deposition of a metal on the other metal. For smooth plating, it is necessary to supply continuously the metal ions in small amounts.
For this purpose, a solution of a coordination compound is used which dissociates to a very less extent. For example, for uniform and thin plating of silver and gold, the complexes K[Ag(CN)2] and K[Au(CN)2] are used.

3. Answer in brief.

Question i.
What are bidentate ligands? Give one example.
Answer:
Bidentate ligand : This ligand has two donor atoms in the molecule or ion. For example, ethylenediamine, H2N – (CH2)2 – NH2.

Question ii.
What is the coordination number and oxidation state of metal ion in the complex [Pt(NH3)Cl5]2?
Answer:
Coordination number = 6
Oxidation state of Pt = +4.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds

Question iii.
What is the difference between a double salt and a complex? Give an example.
Answer:

Double salt Coordination compound (complex)
(1) Double salts exist only in the solid state and dissociate into their constituent ions in the aqueous solutions. (1) Coordination compounds exist in the solid-state as well as in the aqueous or non-aqueous solutions.
(2) Double salts lose their identity in the solution. (2) They do not lose their identity completely.
(3) The properties of double salts are same as those of their constituents. (3) The properties of coordination compounds are different from their constituents.
(4) Metal ions in the double salts show their normal valence. (4) Metal ions in the coordination compounds show two valences namely primary valence and second­ary valence satisfied by anions or neutral molecules called ligands.
(5) For example in K2SO4. K2SO4. A12(SO4)3. 24H2O. The ions K+, Al3 + and SO4 show their properties. (5) In K4[Fe(CN)6], ions K+ and [Fe(CN)6]4‘~ ions show their properties.

Question iv.
Classify the following complexes as homoleptic and heteroleptic
[Cu(NH3)4]SO4, [Cu(en)2(H2O)Cl]3⊕, [Fe(H2O)5(NCS)]2⊕, tetraammine zinc (II) nitrate.
Answer:
Homoleptic complex :
(a) [Cu(NH3)4]SO4
(d) Tetraaminezinc (II) nitrate : [Zn(NH3)4](NO3)2

Heteroleptic Complex :
(b) [Cu(en)2(H2O)CI]2+
(c) [Fe(H2O)5(NCS)]2+

Question v.
Write formulae of the following complexes
a. Potassium ammine-tri chloroplatinate (II)
b. Dicyanoaurate (I) ion
Answer:
(a) Potassium amminetrichloroplatinate(II) K[Pt(NH3)CI3]
(b) Dicyanoaurate (I) ion [AU(CN)2]

Question vi.
What are ionization isomers? Give an example.
Answer:
Ionisation isomers : The coordination compounds having same molecular composition but differ in the compositions of coordination (or inner) sphere and outer sphere and produce different ions on ionisation in the solution are called ionisation isomers. For example, Pentaamminesulphatocobalt (III) bromide [Co(NH3)5SO4] Br, Pentaamminebromocobalt(III) sulphate [Co(NH3)5Br] SO4.

Question vii.
What are the high-spin and low-spin complexes?
Answer:
(1) High spin complex (HS) :

  • The complex which has greater iwmher of unpaired electrons and hence a higher value of resultant spin and magnetic moment is called high spin (or spin free) or IlS complex.
  • It is formed with weak field ligands and the complexes have lower values for crystal field splitting energy (CFSE). Δ0
  • The paramagnetism of HS complex is larger.

(2) Low spin complex (LS) :

  • The complex which has the Icasi number of unpaired electrons or all electrons paired and hence the lowest
    (or no) resultant spin or magnetic moment is called low spin (or spin paired) or LS complex.
  • It is formed with strong tickl ligands and the complexes have higher values of crystal field splitting energy (Δ0).
  • Low spin complex is diamagnetic or has low paramagnetism.

Table 9.5 : d-orbitai diagrams fir high spin and low spin complexes
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 60

(Only the electronic configurations c4 to d1 render the high spin and low spin complexes)

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds

Question viii.
[CoCl4]2⊕ is a tetrahedral complex. Draw its box orbital diagram. State which orbitals participate in hybridization.
Answer:
27Co [Ar] 3d74s2
Oxidation state of Co = +2 Co2+ [Ar] 3d7 4s°
Since CI is a weak ligand, there is no pairing of electrons. Since C.N. is 4, there is sp3 hybridisation.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 30

Question ix.
What are strong field and weak field ligands? Give one example of each.
Answer:
The ligands are then classified as (a) strong field and (b) weak field ligands. Strong field ligands are those in which donor atoms are C,N or P. Thus CN, NC, CO, HN3, EDTA, en (ethylenediammine) are considered to be strong ligands. They cause larger splitting of d orbitals and pairing of electrons is favoured. These ligands tend to form low spin complexes. Weak field ligands are those in which donor atoms are halogens, oxygen or sulphur.

For example, F, CI, Br, I, SCN, C2O42-. In case of these ligands the A0 parameter is smaller compared to the energy required for the pairing of electrons, which is called as electron pairing energy. The ligands then can be arranged in order of their increasing field strength as
I < Br < CI < S2- < F < OH < C2O42- < H2O < NCS < EDTA < NH3 < en < CN < CO.

Question x.
With the help of a crystal field energy-level diagram explain why the complex [Cr(en)3]3⊕ is coloured?
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 31

Since (en) is a strong field ligand there is pairing of electrons. The electrons occupy the t2g orbitals of lower energy. It has one unpaired electron. Due to d-d transition, it is coloured.

4. Answer the following questions.

Question i.
Give valence bond description for the hybrid orbitals are used by the metal? State the number of unpaired electrons.
Answer:
Since CI is a weak ligand, there is no pairing of electrons.
Number of unpaired electrons = 2
Type of hybridisation = sp3

Geometry of complex ion = Tetrahedral
The complex ion is paramagnetic.

Question ii.
Draw a qualitatively energy-level diagram showing d-orbital splitting in the octahedral environment. Predict the number of unpaired electrons in the complex [Fe(CN)6]4⊕. Is the complex diamagnetic or paramagnetic? Is it coloured? Explain.
Answer:
(A) r-orbital splitting in the octahedral environment :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 65
(B) [Fe (CN)6]4- is an octahedral complex.
(C) Since CN is a strong ligand, there is pairing of electrons and the complex is diamagnetic.
(D) The complex exists as lemon yellow crystals.
(In the complex all electrons in t2g are paired and requires high radiation energy for excitation.)

Question iii.
Draw isomers in each of the following
a. [Pt(NH3)2ClNO2]
b. [Ru(NH3)4Cl2]
c. [Cr(en2)Br2]
Answer:
(a) [Pt(NH3)2CINO2]
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 20
(b) [RU(NH3)4CI2]
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 21
(c) [Cr(en2)Br2]+
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 22

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds

Question iv.
Draw geometric isomers and enantiomers of the following complexes.
a. [Pt(en)3]4⊕
b. [Pt(en)2ClBr]2⊕
Answer:
The complex [Pt(en)3]4+ has two optical isomers.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 23
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 24

Question v.
What are ligands? What are their types? Give one example of each type.
Answer:
Ligands : The neutral molecules or negatively charged anions (or rarely positive ions) which are bonded by coordinate bonds to the central metal atom or metal ion in a coordination compound are called ligands or donor groups. For example in [Cu(CN)4]2-, four CN ions are ligands coordinated to central metal ion Cu2+. Ligands can be classified on the basis of number of electron donor atoms in the ligand i.e. denticity.

(1) Monodentate or unidentate ligand : A ligand molecule or an ion which has only one donor atom with a lone pair of electrons forming only one coordinate bond with metal atom or ion in the complex is called monodentate or unidentate ligand. For example NH3, Cl, OH, H2O, etc.

(2) Polydentate or multidentate ligand : A ligand molecule or an ion which has two or more donor atoms with the lone pairs of electrons forming two or more coordinate bonds with the central metal atom or ion in the complex is called polydentate or multidentate ligand. For example, ethylene diamine, H2N – (CH2)2 – NH2.
According to the number of donor atoms they are classified as follows :

  • Bidentate ligand : This ligand has two donor atoms in the molecule or ion. For example, ethylenediamine, H2N – (CH2)2 – NH2.
  • Tridentate ligand : This ligand molecule has three donor atoms or three sites of attachment.
    E.g. Diethelene triamine, H2N – CH2 – CH2 – NH – CH2 – CH2 – NH2. This has three N donor atoms.
  • Tetradentate (or quadridentate) ligand : This ligand molecule has four donor atoms.
    Eg. Triethylene tetraamine which has four N donor atoms.
  • Hexdentate ligand : This ligand molecule has six donor atoms. E.g. Ethylenediamine tetracetato.

(3) Ambidentate ligand : A ligand molecule or an ion which has two or more donor atoms, however in the formation of a complex, only one donor atom is attached to the metal atom or an ion is called ambidentate ligand. For example, NO2 which has two donor atoms N and O forming a coordinate bond, M ← ONO (nitrito) or M ← NO2 (nitro).

(4) Bridging ligand : A monodentate ligand having more than one lone pairs of electrons, hence can attach to two or more metal atoms or ions and hence acts as a bridge between different metal atoms is called bridging ligand. For example : OH, F, SO4-2, etc.

Question vi.
What are cationic, anionic and neutral complexes? Give one example of each.
Answer:
(1) Cationic sphere complexes : A positively charged coordination sphere or a coordination compound having a positively charged coordination sphere is called cationic sphere complex.

For example : [Zn(NH3)4]2+ and [Co(NH3)5CI] SO4 are cationic complexes. The latter has coordination sphere [Co(NH3)5CI]2+, the anion SO42+ makes it electrically neutral.

(2) Anionic sphere complexes : A negatively charged coordination sphere or a coordination compound having negatively charged coordination sphere is called anionic sphere complex. For example, [Ni(CN)4]2+ and K3[Fe(CN)6] have anionic coordination sphere; [Fe(CN)6]3- and three K+ ions make the latter electrically neutral.

(3) Neutral sphere complexes : A neutral coordination complex does not possess cationic or anionic sphere.

[Pt(NH3)2CI2] or [Ni(CO)4] are neither cation nor anion but are neutral sphere complexes.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds

Question vii.
How stability of the coordination compounds can be explained in terms of equilibrium constants?
Answer:
Stability of the coordination compounds : The stability of coordination compounds can be explained on the basis of their stability constants. The stability of coordination compounds depends on metal-ligand interactions. In the complex, metal serves as electron-pair acceptor (Lewis acid) while the ligand as Lewis base (since it is electron
donor). The metal-ligand interaction can be realized as the Lewis acid-Lewis base interaction. Stronger the interaction greater is stability of the complex.

Consider the equilibrium for the metal-ligand interaction :
Ma+ + nLx- ⇌ [MLn]a+(-nx)
where a, x, [a + ( – nx)] denote the charge on the metal, ligand and the complex, respectively. Now, the equilibrium constant K is given by
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 28

Stability of the complex can be explained in terms of K. Higher the value of K larger is the thermodynamic stability of the complex hence K is called stability constant, and denoted by Kstah. The equilibria for the complex formation with the corresponding K values are given below.

Ag+ + 2CN ⇌ [Ag(CN)2] K = 5.5 x 1018
Cu2+ + 4CN ⇌ [CU(CN)4]2- K = 2.0 x 1027
Co3+ + 6NH3 ⇌ [CO(NH3)6]3+ K = 5.0 x 1033

From the above data, the stability of the complexes is [Co(NH3)6]3+ > [Cu(CN)4]2- > [Ag(CN)2].

Question viii.
Name the factors governing the equilibrium constants of the coordination compounds.
Answer:
The equilibrium constant of the complex depends on the following factors :

(a) Charge to size ratio of the metal ion : Higher the ratio greater is the stability. For the divalent metal ion complexes their stability shows the trend : Cu2+ > Ni2+ > Co2+ > Fe2+ > Mn2+ > Cd2+. The above stability order is called the Irving-William order. In the above list both Cu and Cd have the charge + 2, however, the ionic radius of Cu2 + is 69 pm and that of Cd2 + is 97 pm. The charge to size ratio of Cu2+ is greater than that of Cd2+. Therefore the Cu2+ forms stable complexes than Cd2+.

(b) Nature of the ligand : A second factor that governs stability of the complexes is related to how easily the ligand can donate its lone pair of electrons to the central metal ion that is, the basicity of the ligand. The ligands those are stronger bases tend to form more stable complexes.

Activity :
1. The reaction of chromium metal with H 2SO4 in the absence of air gives blue solution of chromium ion.
Cr(s) + 2H(aq) → Cr2⊕(aq) + H2(s)
Cr2⊕ forms octahedral complex with H2O ligands.
a. Write formula of the complex
b. Describe bonding in the complex using CFT and VBT.
Draw crystal field splitting and valence bond orbital diagrams.

2. Reaction of complex [Co(NH3)3(NO2)3 with HCl gives a complex [Co(NH3)3H2OCl2] in which two chloride ligands are trans to one another.
a. Draw possible stereoisomers of starting material
b. Assuming that NH3 groups remain in place, which of two starting isomers would give the observed product?

12th Chemistry Digest Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds Intext Questions and Answers

Use your brain power ……. (Textbook page 192)

Question 1.
Draw Lewis structures of the following ligands and identify the donor atom in them :
NH3, H2O.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 1

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds

Try this ………. (Textbook page 193)

Question 1.
Can you write ionisation of [Ni (NH3)6] CI2?
Answer:
[Ni (NH3)6] CI2 → [Ni(NH3)6]2+ + 2CI

Question 2.
Identify coordination sphere and counter ions.
Answer:
Coordination sphere : [Ni(NH3)6]2+
Counter ions : CI

Can you tell ? (Textbook page 193)

Question 1.
A complex is made of Co (III) and consists of four NH3 molecules and two CI ions as ligands. What is the charge number and formula of complexion?
Answer:
The complex ion has formula, [Co(NH3)4CI2]+.
The charge number is + 1.

Use vour brain power ……………… (Textbook page 193)

Question 1.
Coordination number used in coordination of compounds is somewhat different than that used in solid state. Explain.
Answer:

  • In a coordination compound the coordination number is the number of donor atoms of ligands directly attached to metal atom or ion.
  • In a solid state, the number of closest constituent atoms or ions in contact with a particular atom in the crystal lattice is called coordination number.
  • In a coordination compound, coordination number depends upon nature of metal atom or ion, and its electronic configuration.
  • In a solid state, the coordination number depends upon the crystalline structure of the unit cell.

Can you tell? ………………. (Textbook page 194)

Question 1.
What is the coordination number of
(a) Co in [CoCl2(en)2]+ = 6
(b) Ir in [Ir(C2O4)2Cl2]3+ and
(c) Pt in [Pt(NO2)2(NH3)2] ?
Answer:
(a) Coordination number of Co in [CoCl2(en)2]+ = 6
(b) Coordination number of Ir in [Ir(C2O4)2Cl2]3+ = 6
(c) Coordination number of Pt in [Pt(NO2)2(NH3)2] = 4

Use your brain power ……… (Textbook page 195)

Question 1.
Classify the complexes as homoleptic and heteroleptic:
(a) [Co (NH3)5CI]SO4,
(b) [CO(ONO)(NH3)5]CI2,
(c) [CoCl(NH3)(en)2]2+ and
(d) [Cu(C2O4)3]3-
Answer:
Homoleptic Complexes : (d) [Cu(C2O4)3]3-
Heteroleptic Complexes : (a) [CO(NH3)5CI]SO4
(b) [CO(ONO)(NH3)5]CI2,
(C) [CoCl(NH3)(en)2]2+

Use your brain power ……… (Textbook page 195)

Question 1.
Classify the complexes as cationic, anionic or Cr(H2O)2(C2O4)23-, PtCI2(en)2 and Cr(CO)6.
Answer:
Cationic complexes : [CO(NH3)6]CI2
Anionic complexes : Na4[Fe(CN)6], [Cr(H2O)2 (C2O4)2]3-
Neutral complexes : Cr(CO)6, Pt CI2(en)2

Try this ……. (Textbook page 197)

Question 1.
Write the representation of the following :
(i) Tricarbonatocobaltate(III) ion.
(ii) Sodium hexacyanoferrate(III).
(iii) Potassium hexacyafioferrate(II).
(iv) Aquachlorobis(ethylenediamine)cobalt(III).
(v) Tetraaquadichlorochromium(III) chloride.
(vi) Diamminedichloroplatinum(II).
Answer:
(i) [Co(C03)3]3-
(ii) Na3[Fe(CN)6]
(iii) K4[Fe(CN)6]
(iv) Co(en)2(H2O)(Cl)
(v) [Cr(H2O)4CI2]CI
(vi) Pt(NH3)2CI2

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds

Try this …… (Textbook page 196)

Question 1.
Find out the EAN of
(a) [Zn(NH3)4]2+
(b) [Fe(CN)6]4+
Answer:
(a) For the complex ion, [Zn(NH3)4]2+ :
Atomic number of Zn = Z = 30
Charge on metal ion = + 2
∴ Number of electrons lost by Zn atom = X = 2 Total number of electrons donated by 4NH23
ligands = Y = 2 x 4 = 8
EAN = Z – X + Y
= 30 – 2 + 8
= 36

(Note : This is atomic number of the nearest inert element 36Kr.)

(b) For the complex ion, [Fe(CN)J4- :
For Fe, Z = 26 (Atomic number)
X = 2 (Due to + 2 charge on Fe)
Y = 12 (Due to 6 CN ligands)
∴ EAN = Z – X + Y
= 26 – 2 + 12
= 36

Use your brain power …… (Textbook page 197)

Question 1.
Do the following complexes follow the EAN rule
(a) Cr(CO)4,
(b) Ni(CO)4,
(c) Mn(CO)5,
(d) Fe(CO)5?
Answer:
(a) Cr(CO)4 : EAN = Z – X + Y
(b) Ni(C0)4 : EAN = Z – X + Y
= 24 – 0 + 8
= 28 – 0 + 8
= 32
= 36
(c) Mn(CO)5 : EAN = Z – X + Y
= 25 – 0 + 10
= 35

(d) Fe(CO)5 : EAN = Z – X + Y
= 26 – 0 + 10
= 36

Conclusion :
(a) Cr(CO)4 and (c) Mn(CO)5 do not follow EAN Rule.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds

Try this ….. (Textbook page 199)

Question 1.
Draw structures of ci,c and trans isomers of [Fe(NH3)2(CN)4]
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 9

Remember ….. (Textbook page 199)

Our hands are non-superimposable mirror images. When you hold your left hand up to a mirror the image looks like right hand.

Try this ….. (Textbook page 199)

Question 1.
Draw enantiomers of [Cr(OX)2]3 where OX = C2O4 :
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 16

Question 2.
Draw (A) enantiomers and (B) cis and trans isomers of [Cr(H2O)2(OX)2] :
Answer:
(A) Enantiomers :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 17

(B) as and trans isomers :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 18

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds

Can you tell ? ….. (Textbook page 200)

Question 1.
Can you write IUPAC names of isomers (I) [Co(NH3)5SO4]Br and (II) [Co(NH3)5Br]SO4?
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 25

Question 2.
Write linkage isomers of [Fe(H2O)5SCN]+. Write their IUPAC names.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 26

Use your brain power …..(Textbook page 201)

Question 1.
The stability constant K of the [Ag(CN)2] is 5.5 x 10 while that for the corresponding [Ag(NH3)2]+ is 1.6 x 107. Explain why [Ag(CN)2]2- is more stable.
Answer:
Stability constant of [Ag(CN)2]2- is larger than that of [Ag(NH3)2]+ and hence [Ag(CN)2]2- is more stable. Also, CN is a stronger ligand than NH3.

Remember …… (Textbook Page 202)

Question 1.
Complete the missing entries.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 71
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 51

(Note : The missing entries are underlined.)

Table 9.3: Type of hybridisation and geometry of a complex
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 52

Try this ….. (Textbook page 204)

Question 1.
Based on the VBT predict structure and magnetic behaviour of the [Ni(NH3)6]
Answer:
28Ni [Ar] 3d8 4s2
Ni3+ [Ar] 3d7 4s°
Hybridisation : sp3d2
Geometry : Octahedral
Magnetic property : Paramagnetic

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds

Try this …… (Textbook page 202)

Question 1.
Give VBT description of bonding in each of following complexes. Predict their magnetic behaviour.
(a) [ZnCI4]2+
(b) [CO(H2O)6]2- (high spin)
(c) [Pt(CN)4]2- (square planar)
(d) [CoCI4]2- (tetrahedral)
(e) [Cr(NH3)6]3+

Try this ……. (Textbook page 206)

Question 1.
Sketch qualitatively crystal field d orbital energy level diagrams for each of the following complexes :
(a) [Ni(en)3]2+ (b) [Mn(CN)6]3- (c) [Fe(H2O)6]2+
Predict whether each of the complexes is diamagnetic or paramagnetic.
Answer:
(a) The complex ion, [Ni(en)3]2+ is octahedral.
28Ni [Ar] 3d8 4s2
Ni2+ [Ar] 3d8 4s°.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 61

Since en is a strong ligand there is pairing of electrons.
Number of unpaired electrons = n = 2 in t2g, orbitals
Magnetic moment = \(\mu=\sqrt{n(n+2)}\)
\(=\sqrt{2(2+2)}=2.83 \mathrm{~B} . \mathrm{M} .\)

The complex ion is paramagnetic.

(b) The complex ion [Mn(CN)6]3- is octahedral.
25Mn [Ar] 3d5 4s2
Mn3+ [Ar] 3d4 4s°

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 62

Since CN is a strong ligand there is pairing of electrons.
Number of unpaired electrons = n = 2 in t2g, orbitals
Magnetic moment = \(\mu=\sqrt{n(n+2)}\)
\(=\sqrt{2(2+2)}=2.83 \mathrm{~B} . \mathrm{M}\).

The complex ion is paramagnetic.

(c) The complex ion [Fe(H2O)6]2+ is octahedral.
26Fe [Ar] 3d6 4s2
Fe2+ [Ar] 3d6 45°

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 9 Coordination Compounds 63

Since H2O is a weak ligand, there is no pairing of electrons.
Number of unpaired electrons = n = 4 in t2g and eg orbitals.
Magnetic moment
\(\begin{aligned}
=\mu &=\sqrt{n(n+2)} \\
&=\sqrt{4(4+2)} \\
&=4.90 \mathrm{~B} . \mathrm{M} .
\end{aligned}\)
The complex ion is paramagnetic.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board 12th Chemistry Textbook Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria

1. Choose the most correct answer:

Question i.
The pH of 10-8 M of HCl is
(a) 8
(b) 7
(c) less than 7
(d) greater than 7
Answer:
(c) less than 7

Question ii.
Which of the following solution will have pH value equal to 1.0?
(a) 50 mL of 0.1M HCl + 50mL of 0.1 M NaOH
(b) 60 mL of 0.1M HCl + 40mL of 0.1 M NaOH
(c) 20 mL of 0.1M HCl + 80mL of 0.1 M NaOH
(d) 75 mL of 0.2M HCl + 25mL of 0.2 M NaOH
Answer:
(d) 75 mL of 0.2M HCl + 25mL of 0.2 M NaOH

Question iii.
Which of the following is a buffer solution ?
(a) CH3COONa + NaCl in water
(b) CH3COOH + HCl in water
(c) CH3COOH + CH3COONa in water
(d) HCl + NH4Cl in water
Answer:
(c) CH3COOH + CH3COONa in water

Question iv.
The solubility product of a sparingly soluble salt AX is 5.2 x 10-13. Its solubility in mol dm-3 is
(a) 7.2 × 10-7
(b) 1.35 × 10-4
(c) 7.2 × 10-8
(d) 13.5 × 10-8
Answer:
(a) 7.2 × 10-7

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria

Question v.
Blood in human body is highly buffered at pH of
(a) 7.4
(b) 7.0
(c) 6.9
(d) 8.1
Answer:
(a) 7.4

Question vi.
The conjugate base of [Zn(H2O)4]2+ is
(a) [Zn(H2O)4]2+ NH3
(b) [Zn(H2O)3]2+
(c) [Zn(H2O)3OH]+
(d) [Zn(H2O)H]3+
Answer:
(c) [Zn(H2O)3OH]+

Question vii.
For pH > 7 the hydronium ion concentration would be
(a) 10-7 M
(b) < 10-7 M
(c) > 10-7 M
(d) ≥ 10-7 M
Answer:
(b) < 10-7 M

2. Answer the following in one sentence :

Question i.
Why cations are Lewis acids ?
Answer:
Since cations are deficient of electrons they accept a pair of electrons, hence they are Lewis acids.

Question ii.
Why is KCl solution neutral to litmus?
Answer:

  1. Since KCl is a salt of strong base KOH and strong acid HCl, it does not undergo hydrolysis in its aqueous solution.
  2. Due to strong acid and strong base, concentrations [H3O+] = [OH] and the solution is neutral.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria

Question iii.
How are basic buffer solutions prepared?
Answer:

  1. Basic buffer solution is prepared by mixing aqueous solutions of a weak base like NH4OH and its salt of a strong acid like NH4Cl.
  2. A weak base is selected according to the required pH or pOH of the solution and dissociation constant of the weak base.

Question iv.
Dissociation constant of acetic acid is 1.8 × 10-5. Calculate percent dissociation of acetic acid in 0.01 M solution.
Answer:
Given : Ka = 1.8 x 10-5; C = 0.01 M
Percent dissociation = ?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria 1
∴ Percent dissociation = α × 100
= 4.242 × 10-2 × 102
= 4.242%
Percent dissociation = 4.242%

Question v.
Write one property of a buffer solution.
Answer:
Properties (or advantages) of a buffer solution :

  • The pH of a buffer solution is maintained appreciably constant.
  • By addition of a small amount of an acid or a base pH does not change.
  • On dilution with water, pH of the solution doesn’t change.

Question vi.
The pH of a solution is 6.06. Calculate its H+ ion concentration.

Question vii.
Calculate the pH of 0.01 M sulphuric acid.
Answer:
Given : C = 0.01 M H2SO4, pH = ?
\(\mathrm{H}_{2} \mathrm{SO}_{4(\mathrm{aq})} \longrightarrow 2 \mathrm{H}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{+}+\mathrm{SO}_{4(\mathrm{aq})}^{2-}\)
∴ [H3O+] = 2 × 0.01 = 0.02 M
PH = -log10 [H3O+]
= -log10 0.02
= –\((\overline{2} .3010)\)
= 2 – 0.3010
= 1.6990
pH = 1.6990.

Question viii.
The dissociation of H2S is suppressed in the presence of HCl. Name the phenomenon.
Answer:
The weak dibasic acid H2S is dissociated as follows :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria 2
When HCl is added, it increases the concentration of common ion H3O+.
\(\mathrm{HCl}_{(\mathrm{aq})}+\mathrm{H}_{2} \mathrm{O}_{(\mathrm{l})} \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_{3} \mathrm{O}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{+}+\mathrm{Cl}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{-}\)
Hence by Le Chaterlier’s principle, the equilibrium is shifted from right to left, suppressing the dissociation of weak electrolyte H2S.

Question ix.
Why is it necessary to add H2SO4 while preparing the solution of CuSO4?
Answer:
CuSO4 is a salt of strong acid H2SO4 and weak base Cu(OH)2. CuSO4 in aqueous solution undergoes hydrolysis and forms a precipitate of Cu(OH)2 and solution becomes turbid.
CuSO4 + 2H2O ⇌ CU(OH)2↓ + H2SO4
OR
CuSO4 + 4H2O ⇌ Cu(OH)2 + 2H3O+ + \(\mathrm{SO}_{4}^{2-}\)
When H2SO4 is added, the hydrolysis equilibrium is shifted to left hand side and Cu(OH)2 dissolves giving clear solution.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria

Question x.
Classify the following buffers into different types :
a. CH3COOH + CH3COONa
b. NH4OH + NH4Cl
c. Sodium benzoate + benzoic acid
d. Cu(OH)2 + CuCl2
Answer:
(a) Acidic buffer (CH3COOH + CH3COONa)
(b) Basic buffer (NH4OH + NH4Cl)
(c) Acidic buffer (Sodium benzoate + benzoic acid)
(d) Basic buffer (Cu(OH)2 + CuCl2)
[Note : Cu(OH)2 being insoluble is not used to prepare a buffer solution.]

3. Answer the following in brief :

Question i.
What are acids and bases according to Arrhenius theory ?
Answer:
According to Arrhenius theory :
Acid : It is a substance which contains hydrogen and on dissolving in water produces hydrogen ions (H+) E.g. HCl
\(\mathrm{HCl}_{(\mathrm{aq})} \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{H}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{+}+\mathrm{Cl}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{-}\)

Base : It is a substance which contains OH group and on dissolving in water produces hydroxyl ions (OH). E.g. NaOH
\(\mathrm{NaOH}_{(\mathrm{aq})} \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{Na}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{+}+\mathrm{OH}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{-}\)

Question ii.
What is meant by conjugate acid-base pair?
Answer:
Conjugate acid-base pair : A pair of an acid and a base differing by a proton is called a conjugate acid-base pair.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria 3

Question iii.
Label the conjugate acid-base pair in the following reactions
a. HCl + H2O ⇌ H3O+ + Cl
b. \(\mathrm{CO}_{3}^{2-}\) + H2O ⇌ OH + \(\mathrm{HCO}_{3}^{-}\)
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria 4

Question iv.
Write a reaction in which water acts as a base.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria 5
Since water accepts a proton, it acts as a base.

Question v.
Ammonia serves as a Lewis base whereas AlCl3 is Lewis acid. Explain.
Answer:

  • Since ammonia molecule, NH3 has a lone pair of electrons to donate it acts as a Lewis base.
  • AlCl3 is a molecule with incomplete octet hence it is electron deficient and acts as a Lewis acid.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria

Question vi.
Acetic acid is 5% ionised in its decimolar solution. Calculate the dissociation constant of acid.
Answer:
Given : C = 0.1 M; Dissociation = 5%, Ka=2 Percent dissociation
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria 6
Dissociation constant of acid = Ka = 2.63 × 10-4

Question vii.
Derive the relation pH + pOH = 14.
Answer:
The ionic product of water, Kw is given by,
Kw = [H3O+] × [OH]
At 298 K, Kw = 1 × 10-14
∴ pKw = -log10Kw = log10 1 x 10-14 = 14
∵ [H3O+] × [OH] = 1 × 10-14
Taking logarithm to base 10 of both sides,
log10 [H3O+] + log10 [OH] = log10 1 x 10-14
Multiplying both the sides by -1,
-log10 [H3O+] -log10 [OH] = -log10 1 x 10-14
∵ pH = -log10 [H3O+]; pOH = -log10 [OH];
pKw = – log10 Kw
∴ pH + pOH = pKw
OR pH + pOH =14

Question viii.
Aqueous solution of sodium carbonate is alkaline whereas aqueous solution of ammonium chloride is acidic. Explain.
Answer:
(A) (i) Sodium carbonate is a salt of weak acid and strong base.
(ii) In aqueous solution it undergoes hydrolysis.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria 7
(iii) Strong base dissociates completely while weak acid dissociates partially since [OH] > [H3O+], the solution is basic.

(B) (i) Ammonium chloride is a salt of strong acid and weak base.
(ii) In aqueous solution it undergoes hydrolysis
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria 8
(iii) Since [H+] or [H3O+ ] > [OH] the solution is acidic.

Question ix.
pH of a weak monobasic acid is 3.2 in its 0.02 M solution. Calculate its dissociation constant.
Answer:
Given : pH = 3.2; C = 0.02 M; Ka = ?
pH = -log10 [H+]
∴ [H+] = Antilog – pH
= Antilog – 3.2
= Antilog \(\overline{4} .8\)
= 6.31 × 10-4M
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria 9
Ka = cα2
= 0.02 × (0.0315)2
= 1.984 × 10-5
Dissociation constant = Ka = 1.984 × 10-5

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria

Question x.
In NaOH solution [OH] is 2.87 × 10-4. Calculate the pH of solution.
Answer:
Given : [OH] = 2.87 × 10-4 M, pH = ?
pOH = -log10 [OH]
= -log10 2.87 × 10-4
= –\((\overline{4} .4579)\)
= (4 – 0.4579)
= 3.5421
∵ pH + pOH = 14
∴ pH = 14 – pOH = 14 – 3.5421 = 10.4579
pH = 10.4579.

4. Answer the following :

Question i.
Define degree of dissociation. Derive Ostwald’s dilution law for the CH3COOH.
Answer:
(A) Degree of dissociation :
It is defined as a fraction of total number of moles of an electrolyte that dissociate into its ions at equilibrium.
It is denoted by a and represented by,
α = \(\frac{\text { number of moles dissociated }}{\text { total number of moles of an electrolyte }}\)
Or α = \(\frac{\text { Per cent dissociation }}{100}\)
∴ Per cent dissociation = α × 100

(B) Consider V dm3 of a solution containing one mole of CH3COOH. Then the concentration of acid is, C = \(\frac{1}{V}\) mol dm3. Let α be the degree of dissociation
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria 10
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria 11
This is Ostwald’s dilution law.

Question ii.
Define pH and pOH. Derive relationship between pH and pOH.
Answer:
(1) pH : The negative logarithm, to the base 10, of the molar concentration of hydrogen ions, H+ is known as the pH of a solution.
pH = -log10 [H+]

(2) pOH : The negative logarithm, to the base 10, of the molar concentration of hydroxyl ions, OH is known as the pOH of a solution.
pOH = -log10 [OH]

Relationship between pH and pOH:
The ionic product of water, Kw is given by,
Kw = [H3O+] × [OH]
At 298 K, Kw = 1 × 10-14
∴ pKw = -log10Kw = log10 1 x 10-14 = 14
∵ [H3O+] × [OH] = 1 × 10-14
Taking logarithm to base 10 of both sides,
log10 [H3O+] + log10 [OH] = log10 1 x 10-14
Multiplying both the sides by -1,
-log10 [H3O+] – log10 [OH] = -log10 1 x 10-14
∵ pH = -log10 [H3O+]; pOH = -log10 [OH];
pKw = – log10 Kw
∴ pH + pOH = pKw
OR pH + pOH =14

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria

Question iii.
What is meant by hydrolysis ? A solution of CH3COONH4 is neutral. why ?
Answer:
Hydrolysis : A reaction in which the cations or anions or both the ions of a salt react with water to produce acidity or basicity or sometimes neutrality is called hydrolysis.

A salt of weak acid and weak base for which Ka = Kb:
Consider hydrolysis of CH3COONH4.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria 12
Since Ka = Kb, the weak acid CH3COOH and weak base NH4OH dissociate to the same extent, hence, [H3O+] = [OH] and the solution reacts neutral after hydrolysis.

Question iv.
Dissociation of HCN is suppressed by the addition of HCl. Explain.
Answer:
The weak acid HCN is dissociated as follows :
\(\mathrm{HCN}_{(\mathrm{aq})}+\mathrm{H}_{2} \mathrm{O}_{(\mathrm{l})} \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{H}_{3} \mathrm{O}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{+}+\mathrm{CN}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{-}\)
The dissociation constant Ka is represented as,
Ka = \(\frac{\left[\mathrm{H}_{3} \mathrm{O}^{+}\right] \times\left[\mathrm{CN}^{-}\right]}{[\mathrm{HCN}]}\)
When HCl is added, it increases the concentration of H3O+, hence in order to keep the ratio constant, then by Le Chatelier’s principle, the equilibrium is shifted from right to left, suppressing the dissociation of HCN.

Question v.
Derive the relationship between degree of dissociation and dissociation constant in weak electrolytes.
Answer:
Expression of Ostwald’s dilution law in the case of a weak electrolyte : Consider the dissociation of a weak electrolyte BA. Let V dm3 of a solution contain one mole of the electrolyte. Then the concentration of a solution is, C = \(\frac{1}{V}\)mol dm-3. Let α be the degree of dissociation of the electrolyte.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria 13
Applying the law of mass action to this dissociation equilibrium, we have,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria 14
As the electrolyte is weak, α is very small as compared to unity, ∴ (1 – α) ≈ 1.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria 15
This is the expression of Ostwald’s dilution law. Thus, the degree of dissociation of a weak electrolyte is directly proportional to the square root of the volume of the solution containing 1 mole of an electrolyte.

Question vi.
Sulfides of cation of group II are precipitated in acidic solution (H2S + HCl) whereas sulfides of cations of group IIIB are precipitated in ammoniacal solution of H2S. Comment on the relative values of solubility product of sulfides of these.
Answer:
(1) In qualitative analysis, the cations of group II are precipitated as sulphides, namely HgS, CuS, PbS, etc., while cations of group IIIB are precipitated as sulphides, namely, CoS, NiS, ZnS.

(2) The sulphides of group II have extremely low solubility product (Ksp) about 10-29 to 10-53 while the sulphides of group IIIB have slightly higher Ksp values about 10-20 to 10-23.

(3) In group II, sulphides are precipitated by adding H2S in acidic solution while in IIIB group they are precipitated in a basic solution like ammonical solution.

(4) In acidic medium due to common ion H+, H2S is dissociated to very less extent but gives sufficient S2- ion to exceed solubility product of group II sulphides of cations and precipitate them.
\(\mathrm{HCl}_{(\mathrm{aq})} \longrightarrow \mathrm{H}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{+}+\mathrm{Cl}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{-} ; \mathrm{H}_{2} \mathrm{~S}_{(\mathrm{aq})} \rightleftharpoons 2 \mathrm{H}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{+}+\mathrm{S}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{2-}\)

(5) In basic medium, H+ from H2S are removed by OH in solution, or by NH4OH, increasing the dissociation of H2S and concentration of S2-, so that IP > Ksp.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria 16
(6) Therefore group II cations are precipitated in an acidic medium while cations of group IIIB are precipitated in ammonical solution.

Question vii.
Solubility of a sparingly soluble salt get affected in presence of a soluble salt having one common ion. Explain.
Answer:
Consider the solubility equilibrium of a sparingly soluble salt, AgCl.
\(\mathrm{AgCl}_{(\mathrm{s})} \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{Ag}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{+}+\mathrm{Cl}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{-}\)
The solubility product, Ksp is given by,
Ksp = [Ag+] × [Cl]
Consider addition of a strong electrolyte AgNO3 with a common ion Ag+.
\(\mathrm{AgNO}_{3(\mathrm{aq})} \longrightarrow \mathrm{Ag}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{+}+\mathrm{NO}_{3(\mathrm{aq})}^{-}\)
The concentration Ag+ in the solution is increased, hence by Le Chatelier’s principle the equilibrium of AgCl is shifted to left hand side since the value of Ksp is constant.
Thus in the presence of a common ion, the solubility of a sparingly soluble salt is suppressed.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria

Question viii.
The pH of rain water collected in a certain region of Maharashtra on particular day was 5.1. Calculate the H3O+ ion concentration of the rain water and its percent dissociation.
Answer:
Given : pH = 5.1, [H3O+] = ?
PH = -log10 [H3O+]
∴ log10 [H3O+] = -pH
∴ [H3O+] = Antilog – pH
= Antilog – 5.1
= Antilog \(\overline{6} .9\)
= 7.943 × 10-6 M
(H3O+ in rainwater is due to dissolved gases, CO2, SO2, etc. forming acids which dissociate giving H3O+ and acidity to rainwater.)
[H3O+] = 7.943 × 10-4 M

Question ix.
Explain the relation between ionic product and solubility product to predict whether a precipitate will form when two solutions are mixed?
Answer:
If ionic product and solubility product are indicated by IP and Ksp respectively then,
(I) When IP = Ksp, the solution is saturated.
(II) When IP > Ksp, the solution is supersaturated and hence precipitation will occur, when two solutions are mixed.
(Ill) When IP < Ksp, the solution is unsaturated and precipitation will not occur, when two solutions are mixed.

12th Chemistry Digest Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria Intext Questions and Answers

Use your brain power (Textbook Page No. 47)

Question 1.
Which of the following is a strong electrolyte ?
HF, AgCl, CuSO4, CH3COONH4, H3PO4.
Answer:
CH3COONH4 is a strong electrolyte since in aqueous solution it dissociates completely. Sparingly soluble salts AgCl, CuSO4 are also strong electrolytes.

Use your brain power (Textbook Page No. 49)

Question 1.
All Bronsted bases are also Lewis bases, but all Bronsted acids are not Lewis acids. Explain.
Answer:
NH3 is a Bronsted base since it can accept a proton while it is also a Lewis base since it has a lone pair of electrons to donate.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria 17
(2) HCl is a Bronsted acid since it can donate a proton but it is not a Lewis acid since it can’t accept a pair of electrons.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria 18

Use your brain power (Textbook Page No. 53)

Question 1.
Suppose that pH of monobasic and dibasic acid is the same. Does this mean that the molar concentrations of both acids are identical ?
Answer:
Even if monobasic acid and dibasic acid give same pH, their molar concentrations are different. One mole of monobasic acid like HCl gives 1 mol of H+ while one mole of dibasic acid gives 2 mol of H+ in solution. Hence the concentration of dibasic acid will be half of the concentration of monobasic acid. For example, for same pH. [Monobasic acid] = [Dibasic acid]/2

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria

Question 2.
How does pH of pure water vary with temperature ? Explain.
Answer:
Since the increase in temperature, increases the dissociation of water, its pH decreases.

Can you tell ? (Textbook Page No. 54)

Question 1.
Why (i) an aqueous solution of NH4Cl is acidic.
(ii) while that of HCOOK basic ?
Answer:
(i) (i) Ammonium chloride is a salt of strong acid and weak base.
(ii) In aqueous solution it undergoes hydrolysis
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria 19
(iii) Since [H+] or [H3O+] > [OH] the solution is acidic.

(ii) HCOOK is a salt of weak acid HCOOH and strong base KOH. In aqueous solution it undergoes hydrolysis giving weak acid and strong base KOH which dissociates completely,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria 20
∴ [OH] > [H3O+], and the solution reacts basic.

Can you think ? (Textbook Page No. 56)

Question 1.
Home made jams and jellies without any added chemical preservative additives spoil in a few days whereas commercial jams and jellies have a long shelf life. Explain. What role does added sodium benzoate play ?
Answer:
Sodium benzoate added to jams and jellies in commercial products maintains the pH constant and acts as a preservative. Hence jams and jellies are not spoiled for a very long time unlike homemade products.

Can you tell ? (Textbook Page No. 56)

Question 1.
It is enough to add a few mL of a buffer solution to maintain its pH. Which property of buffer is used here ?
Answer:
The important property of reserve acidity and reserve basicity of a buffer solution is used to maintain constant pH. Weak acid or weak base along with ions (cations or anions) from salt react with excess of added acid (H+) or base [OH] and maintain pH constant.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria

Use your brain power (Textbook Page No. 59)

Question 1.
What is the relationship between molar solubility and solubility product for salts given below : (i) Ag2CrO4 (ii) Ca3(PO4)2 (iii) Cr(OH)3.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria 21
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 3 Ionic Equilibria 22

Can you tell ? (Textbook Page No. 60)

Question 1.
How is the ionization of NH4OH suppressed by addition of NH4Cl to the solution of NH4OH ?
Answer:
Ionisation of NH4OH is represented as follows :
\(\mathrm{NH}_{4} \mathrm{OH}_{(\mathrm{aq})} \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{NH}_{4(\mathrm{aq})}^{+}+\mathrm{OH}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{-}\)
It has ionisation constant,
Kb = \(\frac{\left[\mathrm{NH}^{4+}\right] \times\left[\mathrm{OH}^{-}\right]}{\left[\mathrm{NH}_{4} \mathrm{OH}\right]}\)
Kb has constant value at constant temperature. When strong electrolyte NH4Cl is added to its solution, it dissociates completely.
\(\mathrm{NH}_{4} \mathrm{Cl}_{(\mathrm{aq})} \longrightarrow \mathrm{NH}_{4(\mathrm{aq})}^{+}+\mathrm{Cl}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{-}\)
Due to common ion \(\mathrm{NH}_{4}^{+}\), by Le Chatelier’s principle, the equilibrium is shifted from right to left, suppressing the ionisation of NH4OH.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board 12th Chemistry Textbook Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

1. Choose the most correct option.

Question i.
The rate law for the reaction aA + bB → P is rate = k[A] [B]. The rate of reaction doubles if
a. concentrations of A and B are both doubled.
b. [A] is doubled and [B] is kept constant
c. [B] is doubled and [A] is halved
d. [A] is kept constant and [B] is halved.
Answer:
b. [A] is doubled and [B] is kept constant

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Question ii.
The order of the reaction for which the units of rate constant are mol dm-3 s-1 is
a. 1
b. 3
c. 0
d. 2
Answer:
c. 0

Question iii.
The rate constant for the reaction 2N2O5(g) → 2N2O4(g) + O2(g) is 4.98 × 10-4 s-1. The order of reaction is
a. 2
b. 1
c. 0
d. 3
Answer:
b. 1

Question iv.
Time required for 90 % completion of a certain first order reaction is t. The time required for 99.9 % completion will be
a. t
b. 2t
c. t/2
d. 3t
Answer:
d. 3t

Question v.
Slope of the graph ln[A]t versus t for first order reaction is
a. -k
b. k
c. k/2. 303
d. -k/2. 303
Answer:
a. -k

Question vi.
What is the half life of a first order reaction if time required to decrease concentration of reactant from 0.8 M to 0.2 M is 12 h?
a. 12 h
b. 3 h
c. 1.5 h
d. 6 h
Answer:
d. 6 h

Question vii.
The reaction, 3ClO ClO3Θ + 2 ClΘ occurs in two steps,
(i) 2 ClO → ClO2Θ
(ii) ClO2Θ + ClOΘ → ClO3Θ + ClΘ

The reaction intermediate is
a. ClΘ
b. ClO2Θ
c. ClO3Θ
d. ClOΘ
Answer:
b. ClO2Θ

Question viii.
The elementary reaction O2(g) + O(g) → 2O2(g) is
a. unimolecular and second order
b. bimolecular and first order
c. bimolecular and second order
d. unimolecular and first order
Answer:
c. bimolecular and second order

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Question ix.
Rate law for the reaction, 2NO + Cl2 → 2 NOCl is rate = k[NO2]2[Cl2]. Thus k would increase with
a. increase of temperature
b. increase of concentration of NO
c. increase of concentration of Cl2
d. increase of concentrations of both Cl2 and NO
Answer:
a. increase of temperature

Question x.
For an endothermic reaction, X ⇌ Y. If E f is activation energy of the forward reaction and Er that for reverse reaction, which of the following is correct?
a. Ef = Er
b. Ef < Er
c. Ef > Er
d. ∆H = Ef – Er is negative
Answer:
(c) Ef → Er

2. Answer the following in one or two sentences.

Question i.
For the reaction,
N2(g) + 3 H2(g) → 2NH3(g), what is the relationship among \(\frac{\mathrm{d}\left[\mathrm{N}_{2}\right]}{\mathrm{dt}}\)\(\frac{\mathrm{d}\left[\mathrm{H}_{2}\right]}{\mathrm{dt}} \text { and } \frac{\mathrm{d}\left[\mathrm{NH}_{3}\right]}{\mathrm{dt}} ?\)
Answer:
N2(g) + 3H2(g) → 2NH3(g)
From the above reaction, when 1 mole of N2 reacts, 3 moles of H2 are consumed and 2 moles of NH3 are formed.

If the instantaneous rate R of the reaction is represented in terms of rate of the consumption of N2 then, \(R=-\frac{d\left[\mathrm{~N}_{2}\right]}{d t}\)
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 10
Hence the rate of reaction in terms of concentration changes in N2, H2 and NH3 may be represented as,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 11

Question ii.
For the reaction,
CH3Br(aq) + OH-(aq) → CH3OHΘ (aq) +BrΘ (aq), rate law is rate = k[CH3Br][OHΘ]
a. How does reaction rate changes if [OHΘ] is decreased by a factor of 5?
b. What is change in rate if concentrations of both reactants are doubled?
Solution :
Given :
(a) Rate = R = k [CH3Br] x [OH]
If R1 and R2 are initial and final rates of reaction then,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 84
Rate will be increased 4 time.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Question iii.
What is the relationship between coeffients of reactants in a balanced equation for an overall reaction and exponents in rate law. In what case the coeffients are the exponents?
Answer:
Explanation : Consider the following reaction, aA + bB → products

If the rate of the reaction depends on the concentrations of the reactants A and B, then, by rate law,
R α [A]a [B]b
∴ R = k [A]a [Bb
where [A] = concentration of A and
[B] = concentration of B

The proportionality constant k is called the velocity constant, rate constant or specific rate of the reaction.

a and b are the exponents or the powers of the concentrations of the reactants A and B respectively when observed experimentally.

The exponents or powers may not be necessarily a and b but may be different x and y depending on experimental observations. Then the rate R will be,
R = k [A]x [B]y
For example, if x = 1 and y = 2, then,
R = k [A] x [B]2

Question iv.
Why all collisions between reactant molecules do not lead to a chemical reaction?
Answer:
(i) Collisions of reactant molecules : The basic re-quirements of a reaction is that the reacting species (atoms, ions or molecules) must come together and collide for a reaction to occur. Therefore the rate of the reaction shall depend on the rate and frequency of collisions which increase with the amount of reacting species and temperature.

However it is observed that the rate of reaction is very low as compared to the rate of collisions between reacting species in gaseous phase or liquid phase. This suggests that all the collisions are not fruitful leading to a reaction. Hence it is necessary to consider another factor like energy of colliding species along with collision frequency.

(ii) Energy requirement (Activation energy) : The colliding molecules must possess a certain mini-mum energy called activation energy required far breaking and making bonds resulting in the reaction. This implies that the colliding molecules must have energy equal to or greater than the activation energy. The colliding molecules with less energy do not react.

(iii) Orientation of reactant molecules : The concept of activation energy is satisfactory in case of simple molecules or ions but not in case of complex or higher polyatomic molecules. It is observed that the rates of reaction are less as compared to the rates of collisions between activated molecules with activation energy.

This suggests that in addition, the colliding molecules must have proper orientations relative to each other during collisions. For example, consider the reaction, A – B-l-C → A + B – C. For the reaction to occur, C must collide with B while collisions with A will not be fruitful. Since B has to bond with C.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 118

Question v.
What is the activation energy of a reaction?
Answer:
Activation energy : The energy required to form activated complex or transition state from the reactant molecules is called activation energy.
OR
The height of energy barrier in the energy profile diagram is called activation energy.

Question vi.
What are the units for rate constants for zero order and second order reactions if time is expressed in seconds and concentration of reactants in mol/L?
Answer:
(a) For a zero order reaction, the rate constant has units, molL-1s-1.
(b) For second order reaction,
Rate = k x [Reactant]2

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 176

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Question vii.
Write Arrhenius equation and explain the terms involved in it.
Answer:
Arrhenius equation is represented as k = A x e-Ea/RT
where
k = Rate constant at absolute temperature T
Ea = Energy of activation R = Gas constant
A = Frequency factor or pre-exponential factor.

Question viii.
What is the rate determining step?
Answer:
Many chemical reactions take place in a series of elementary steps. Among many steps of the reaction, one of the steps is the slowest step compared to other steps.

Rate determining step : The slowest step in the reaction mechanism which involves many steps is called the rate-determining step.

Question ix.
Write the relationships between rate constant and half life of fist order and zeroth order reactions.
Answer:
(a) For first order reaction, half-life period t1/2 is, \(t_{1 / 2}=\frac{0.693}{k}\) where k is the rate constant.
(b) For zeroth-order reaction, half half period (t1/2) is, \(t_{1 / 2}=\frac{[\mathrm{A}]_{0}}{2 k}\) where k is the rate constant and [A]0 is initial concentration of the reactant.

Question x.
How do half lives of the fist order and zero order reactions change with initial concentration of reactants?
Answer:
(A) For the first order reaction, half life, t1/2 is given by, \(t_{1 / 2}=\frac{0.693}{k}\) where k is rate constant. Hence it is independent of initial concentration of the reactant.

(B) Zero order reaction,
\(t_{1 / 2}=\frac{[\mathrm{A}]_{0}}{2 k}\) where [A]0 is initial concentration of the reactant.

Hence, half life period increases with the increase in concentration of the reactant.

3. Answer the following in brief.

Question i.
How instantaneous rate of reaction is determined?
Answer:
(1) The instantaneous rate is expressed as an infinite¬simal change in concentration (- dc) of the reactant with the infinitesimal change in time (dt).
For a reaction, A → B, let an infinitesimal change in A be – dc in time dt, then Rate \(=\frac{d[\mathrm{~A}]}{d t}\).

Hence, it is represented as,
∴ Instantaneous rate \(=-\frac{d[\mathrm{~A}]}{d t}\)

The negative sign indicates a decrease in the concentration of A.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 8
It is obtained by drawing a tangent to the curve obtained by plotting the concentration against the time. Hence, the slope at a given point represents the instantaneous rate of the reaction.

(2) The instantaneous rate can also be expressed as an infinitesimal change (or increase) in the concentration of the product with the infinitesimal change in time (dt).

Let dB be an infinitesimal change in the concentration of product B in time dt, then Rate \(=\frac{d[\mathrm{~B}]}{d t}=\frac{d x}{d t}\).

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Hence,
Instantaneous rate \(=\frac{d x}{d t}\)
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 9
It is obtained from the slope of the curve obtained by plotting the concentration of the product against time.

The instantaneous rate is more useful in obtaining the rate law integrated equations.

Question ii.
Distinguish between order and molecularity of a reaction.
Answer:

Order Molecularity
1. It is the sum of the exponents to which the concentration terms in rate law expression are raised. 1. ¡t is the number of molecules (or atoms or ions) of the reaCtants taking part in the elementary reaction.
2. It is experimentally determined and indicates the dependence of the reaction rate on the concentration of particular reactants. 2. It is the oretical property and indicátes the number of molecules of reactant in each step of the reaction.
3. It may have values that are integer, fractional, or zero. 3. It is always an integer.
4. Its value depends upon experimental conditions. 4. Its value does not depend upon experimental conditions.
5. It is the property of elementary and complex reactions. 5. It is the property of elementary reactions only.
6. Rate law expression describes the order of the reaction. 6. Rate law does not describe molecularity.

Question iii.
A reaction takes place in two steps,
1. NO(g) + Cl2(g) NOCl2(g)
2. NOCl2(g) + NO(g) → 2NOCl(g)
a. Write the overall reaction.
b. Identify reaction intermediate.
c. What is the molecularity of each step?
Solution :
Given :
(1) NO(g) + Cl2(g) → NOCl2(g)
(2) NOCl2(g) + NO(g) → 2NOCl(g)

(a) Overall reaction is obtained by adding both the reactions
2NO(g) + Cl2(g) → 2NOCl2(g)
(b) The reaction intermediate is NOCl2, since it is formed in first step and consumed in the second step.
(c) Since the first step is a slow and rate determin­ing step, the molecularity is two.

Since the second step is a fast step its molecularity is not considered.

Question iv.
Obtain the relationship between the rate constant and half-life of a fist order reaction.
Answer:
Consider the following reaction,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 175
If [A]0 and [A]t are the concentrations of A at start and after time t, then [A]0 = a and [A]t = a – x.

The velocity constant or the specific rate constant k for the first order reaction can be represented as,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 57

where, a is the initial concentration of the reactant A, x is the concentration of the product B after time t, so that (a – x) is the concentration of the reactant A after time t.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Half-life of a reaction : The time required to reduce the concentration of the reactant to half of its initial value is called the half-life period or the half-life of the reaction.

If t1/2 is the half-life of a reaction, then at t = t1/2, x = a/2, hence a – x = a – a/2 = a/2
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 58
Hence, for a first order reaction, the half-life of the reaction is independent of the initial concentration of the reactant.

Question v.
How will you represent zeroth-order reaction graphically?
Answer:
(1) A graph of concentration against time : In case of a zero-order reaction, the rate of reaction is independent of the concentration of the reactant. The concentration [A]t of the reactant at a time t is given by
[A]t = – kt + [A]0 (y = – mx + c)
where [A]0 is the initial concentration of the reactant and k is a rate constant.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 76

Hence in case of zero order reaction, when the concentration of the reactant is plotted against time, a straight line with the slope equal to – k is obtained. The concentration of the reactants de-crease with time. The intercept on the concentration axis gives the initial concentration, [A]0.

(2) A graph of rate of a reaction against the concen-tration of the reactant: Rate of a zero order reaction is independent of the concentration of the reactant.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Rate, R = k [A]0 = k

Hence even if the concentration of the reactant decreases, the rate of the reaction remains constant.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 77

Therefore if the rate of a zero order reaction is plotted against concentration, then a straight line with zero slope is obtained indicating, no change in the rate of the reaction with a change in the concentration of the reactants.

(3) A graph of half-life period against concentration : The half-life period of a zero-order reaction is given by, \(t_{1 / 2}=\frac{[\mathrm{A}]_{0}}{2 k}\) where [A]0 is initial con-centration of the reactant and k is the rate constant. Hence the half-life period is directly proportional to the concentration.

When a graph of t1/2 is plotted against concentration, a straight line passing through origin is obtained, and the slope gives \(\frac{1}{2 k}\), where k is the rate constant.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 78

Question vi.
What are pseudo-fist order reactions? Give one example and explain why it is pseudo-fist order.
Answer:
Pseudo-first-order reaction : A reaction which has higher-order true rate law but is experimentally found to behave as first order is called pseudo first order reaction.
Explanation : Consider an acid hydrolysis reaction of an ester like methyl acetate.
CH3COOCH3(aq) + H2O(1) \(\stackrel{\mathrm{H}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{+}}{\longrightarrow}\) CH3COOH(aq) + CH3OH(aq)
Since the reaction involves two substances, ester and water, it is a bimolecular reaction and the true rate law should be, Rate = k’ [CH3COOCH3] x [H2O]

Hence the reaction is expected to follow second order kinetics. However experimentally it is found that the reaction follows first order kinetics.

This is because solvent water being in a large excess, its concentration remains constant. Hence, [H2O] = constant = k”
Rate = k [CH3COOCH3] x [H2O]
= k [CH3COOCH3] x k”
= k’ x k” x [CH3COOCH3]
If k’ x k” = k, then Rate = k [CH3COOCH3],

This indicates that second-order true rate law is forced into first order rate law. Therefore this bimolecular reaction which appears of second order is called pseudo first order reaction.

Question vii.
What are the requirements for the colliding reactant molecules to lead to products?
Answer:
Collisions of reactant molecules : The basic re­quirements of a reaction is that the reacting species (atoms, ions or molecules) must come together and collide for a reaction to occur. Therefore the rate of the reaction shall depend on the rate and frequency of collisions which increase with the amount of reacting species and temperature.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

However it is observed that the rate of reaction is very low as compared to the rate of collisions between reacting species in gaseous phase or liquid phase. This suggests that all the collisions are not fruitful leading to a reaction. Hence it is necessary to consider another factor like energy of colliding species along with collision frequency.

Energy requirement (Activation energy) : The colliding molecules must possess a certain mini­mum energy called activation energy required far breaking and making bonds resulting in the reac­tion. This implies that the colliding molecules must have energy equal to or greater than the activation energy. The colliding molecules with less energy do not react.

Orientation of reactant molecules : The concept of activation energy is satisfactory in case of simple molecules or ions but not in case of complex or higher polyatomic molecules. It is observed that the rates of reaction are less as compared to the rates of collisions between activated molecules with activa­tion energy.

This suggests that in addition, the colliding mole­cules must have proper orientations relative to each other during collisions. For example, consider the reaction, A – B + C → A + B – C. For the reaction to occur, C must collide with B while collisions with A will not be fruitful. Since B has to bond with C.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 118

Question viii.
How catalyst increases the rate of reaction? Explain with the help of a potential energy diagram for catalyzed and uncatalyzed reactions.
Answer:
(i) A catalyst is a substance, when added to the reactants, increases the rate of the reaction without being consumed. For example, the decomposition of KClO3 in the presence of small amount of MnO2 is very fast but very slow in the absence of MnO2.

2KClO3(s) \(\frac{\mathrm{MnO}_{2}}{\Delta}\) 2KCl(s) + 3O2(g)

(ii) The phenomenon of catalysed reaction is called catalysis and depends on nature of the catalyst. In heterogeneous catalysis, the reactant molecules are adsorbed on the solid catalyst surface while in case of homogeneous catalysis, the catalyst reacts with one of the reactants, forms intermediate and decomposes reforming original catalyst and the products.

(iii) The catalyst provides alternative and lower energy path or mechanism for the reaction.

(iv) In the presence of the catalyst, the activation energy of the reaction is lowered. The height of activation energy barrier is less than that in the uncatalysed reaction.

(v) Due to lowering of energy of activation, (Ea) the number of molecules possessing Ea increases, hence the rate of the reaction increases.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 134

(vi) The rate constant = k = A x e-Ea/RT where A is a frequency factor and hence the rates of the catalysed reaction are higher than those of un-catalysed reactions.

(vii) The catalyst does not change the extent of the reaction but hastens the reaction.

(viii) The catalyst enters the reaction but does not appear in the balanced equation since it is consumed in one step and regenerated in the another.

Question ix.
Explain with the help of the Arrhenius equation, how does the rate of reaction changes with (a) temperature and (b) activation energy.
Answer:
(a) By Arrhenius equation, k = Ax e-Ea/RT where k is rate constant, A is a frequency factor and Ed is energy of activation at temperature T. As Ea increases, the rate constant and rate of the reaction decreases.

(b) As temperature increases Ea/RT decreases but due to negative sign, k and rate increase with the increase in temperature.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Question x.
Derive the integrated rate law for first order reaction.
Answer:
Consider following gas phase reaction,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 68

Let initial pressure of A be P0 at t = 0. If after time t the pressure of a A decreases by jc then the partial pressures of the substances will be, PA = PQ – x; PB = x and Pc = x

Total pressure will be,

PT + P0 – x + x + x = Po + x
∴ x = PT – Pn

The partial pressures at time t will be,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 69

Question xi.
How will you represent first-order reactions graphically.
Answer:
(1) A graph of rate of a reaction and concentra­tion : The differential rate law for first-order reac­tion, A → Products is represented as, Rate = [/latex]-\frac{d[\mathrm{~A}]}{d t}=k[\mathrm{~A}]\(

∴ Rate = k x [A]t (y = mx). When the rate of a first order reaction is plotted against concentration, [A]t, a straight line graph is obtained.

With the increase in the concentration [A]t, rate R, increases. The slope of the line gives the value of rate constant k.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 59

(2) A graph of concentration against time : When the concentration of the reactant is plotted against time t, a curve is obtained. The concentration [A], of the reactant decreases exponentially with time. The variation in the concentration can be represented as,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 60
where [A]0 and [A]t are initial and final concentra­tions the reactant and k is the rate constant. The time required to complete the first order reaction is infinity.

(3) A graph of log10 (a – x) against time t :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 61
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 62

When log10(a – x) is plotted against time t, a straight line with negative slope is obtained, from which the velocity constant k can be calculated.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

(4) A graph of half-life period and concentration : The half-life period, t1/2 of a first order reaction is given by, where k is the rate constant.

For the given reaction at a constant temperature, t1/2 is constant and independent of the concentration of the reactant.

Hence when a graph of t1/2 is plotted against concentration, a straight line parallel to the concen­tration axis (slope = zero) is obtained.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 63

(5) A graph of log10 [latex]\left(\frac{a}{a-x}\right)\) against time : The rate constant, for a first order reaction is represented as, Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 64where [A0] and [A]t are the respective initial and final concentrations of the reactant after time t.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 65
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 66
When \(\log _{10}\left(\frac{a}{a-x}\right)\) is plotted against time t, a straight line graph passing through the origin is obtained and the slope gives the value of k/2.303. From this slope, the rate constant can be calculated.

Question xii.
Derive the integrated rate law for the first order reaction, A(g) → B(g) + C(g) in terms of pressure.
Answer:
Consider following gas phase reaction,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 68

Let initial pressure of A be P0 at t = 0. If after time t the pressure of a A decreases by jc then the partial pressures of the substances will be, PA = PQ – x; PB = x and Pc = x

Total pressure will be,

PT + P0 – x + x + x = Po + x
∴ x = PT – Pn

The partial pressures at time t will be,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 69

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Question xiii.
What is zeroth-order reaction? Derive its integrated rate law. What are the units of rate constant?
Answer:
Definition : Zero order reaction : A reaction in which the rate of the reaction does not depend on the concentration of any reactant taking part in the reaction is called zero order reaction.

Consider a zero order reaction, A → Products
The rate of the reaction is, Rate \(=\frac{-d[\mathrm{~A}]}{d t}\)

By rate law,
Rate = k x [A]0 = k
∴ – d[A] = k x dt

If [A]0 is the initial concentration of the reactant A at t = 0 and [A]t is the concentration of A present after time t, then by integrating above equation,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 73
This is the integrated rate law expression for rate constant for zero order reaction.
∴ k x t = [A]0 – [A]t
∴ [A]t = – kt + A0

For a zero order reaction :
The rate of reaction is R = k [A]0 = k
Hence, the velocity constant k has the unit of the rate of the reaction, i.e., mol dm-3 s-1.

Question xiv.
How will you determine activation energy: (a) graphically using Arrhenius equation (b) from rate constants at two different temperatures?
Answer:
(a) By Arrhenius equation,
Rate constant = = A x e-Ea/RT where A is a fre-quency factor.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 130
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 131

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

When log10k is plotted against 1/T a straight line with negative slope is obtained. From the slope of the graph, energy of activation Ea, is obtained as follows :
Slope = \(\frac{E_{\mathrm{a}}}{2.303 R}\)
∴ Ea = 2303R x sloPe

(b) For the given reaction, rate constants k1 and k2 are measured at two different temperatures T1 and T2 respectively. Then \(\log _{10} \frac{k_{2}}{k_{1}}=\frac{E_{\mathrm{a}}\left(T_{2}-T_{1}\right)}{2.303 R \times T_{1} \times T_{2}}\) where Ea is the energy of activation.

Hence by substituting appropriate values, energy of activation Ea for the reaction is determined.

Question xv.
Explain graphically the effect of temperature on the rate of reaction.
Answer:
(i) It has been observed that the rates of chemical reactions increase with the increase in temperature.
(ii) The kinetic energy of the molecules increases with the increase in temperature. The fraction of molecules possessing minimum energy barrier,
i. e. activation energy Ea increases with increase in temperature.
(iii) Hence the fraction of colliding molecules that possess kinetic energy (Ea) also increases, hence the rate of the reaction increases with increase in temperature.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 132
(iv) The above figure shows that the area that represents the fraction of molecules with kinetic energy exceeding Ea is greater at higher temperature T2 than at lower temperature T1. This explains that the rate of the reaction increases at higher temperature.
(v) The shaded area to the right of activation energy Ea represents fraction of collisions of activated molecules having energy Ea or greater.

Question xvi.
Explain graphically the effect of catalyst on the rate of reaction.
Answer:
(i) The phenomenon of catalysed reaction is called catalysis and depends on nature of the catalyst. In heterogeneous catalysis, the reactant molecules are adsorbed on the solid catalyst surface while in case of homogeneous catalysis, the catalyst reacts with one of the reactants, forms intermediate and decomposes reforming original catalyst and the products.
(ii) The catalyst provides alternative and lower energy path or mechanism for the reaction.
(iii) In the presence of the catalyst, the activation energy of the reaction is lowered. The height of activation energy barrier is less than that in the uncatalysed reaction.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Question xvii.
For the reaction 2A + B → products, find the rate law from the following data.

[A]/M [A]/M rate/M s-1
0.3 0.05 0.15
0.6 0.05 0.30
0.6 0.2 1.20

Solution :
Given : 2A + B → Products
Rates : R1 = 0.15 Ms-1 R2 = 0.3 Ms-1
[A]1 = 0.3 M [A]2 = 0.6 M
[B]1 = 0.05 M [B]2 = 0.05 M
(i) If order of the reaction in A is x and in B is y then, by rate law,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 104
∴ y = 1. Hence the reaction has order one in B.
The order of overall reaction = n = nA + nB = 1 + 1 = 2
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 105
Answer:
(i) Rate law : Rate = fc [A] x [B]
Rate constant = k = 10M-1s-1
Order of the reaction = 2

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

4. Solve

Question i.
In a first order reaction, the concentration of reactant decreases from 20 mmol dm-3 to 8 mmol dm-3 in 38 minutes. What is the half life of reaction? (28.7 min)
Solution :
Given: [A]0 =20 mmol dm-3;
[A]t=8 mmol dm-3; t=38 mm;
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 85
Answer:
Half life period = 28.74 min

Question ii.
The half life of a first order reaction is 1.7 hours. How long will it take for 20% of the reactant to react? (32.9 min)
Solution :
Given : t1/2 = 1.7 hr; [A]0 = 100;
[A]t = 100 – 20 = 80; t =?
\(t_{1 / 2}=\frac{0.693}{k}\)
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 87
Answer:
Time required = t = 32.86 min

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Question iii.
The energy of activation for a first order reaction is 104 kJ/mol. The rate constant at 25 0C is 3.7 × 10-5 s-1. What is the rate constant at 300C? (R = 8.314 J/K mol) (7.4 × 10-5)
Solution :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 137
Answer:
k2 = 7.382 x 10-5 s-1

Question iv.
What is the energy of activation of a reaction whose rate constant doubles when the temperature changes from 303 K to 313 K? (54.66 kJ/mol)
Solution :
Given : k2 = 2kt, T1 = 303 K; T2 = 313 K; Ea = ?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 138
Answer:
Energy of activation = Ea = 54.66 kJ

Question v.
The rate constant of a reaction at 5000C is 1.6 × 103 M-1 s-1. What is the frequency factor of the reaction if its activation energy is 56 kJ/mol. (9.72 × 106 M-1 s-1)
Solution :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 139
Answer:
Frequency factor = A = 9.727 x 106 M-1s-1

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Question vi.
Show that time required for 99.9% completion of a first order reaction is three times the time required for 90% completion.
Solution :
Given : For 99.9 % completion, if [A]0 = 100,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 89
If t1 and t2 are the times required for 99.9 % and 90 % completion of reaction respectively, then
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 90
Answer:
Time required for 99.9 % completion of a first order reaction is three time the time required for 90 % completion of the reaction.

Question vii.
A first order reaction takes 40 minutes for 30% decomposition. Calculate its half life. (77.66 min)
Solution :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 88
Answer:
Half life period = 77.70 min.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Question viii.
The rate constant for the first order reaction is given by log10 k = 14.34 – 1.25 × 104 T. Calculate activation energy of the reaction. (239.3 kJ/mol)
Solution :
Given : log10 k = 14.34 – \(\frac{1.25 \times 10^{4}}{T}\) ……………………. (1)
From Arrhenius equation we can write,
\(\log _{10} k=\log _{10} A-\frac{E_{\mathrm{a}}}{2.303 R \times T}\) ……………………. (2)
By comparing equations (1) and (2),
\(\frac{E_{\mathrm{a}}}{2.303 \times R}\) = 1.25 x 104
∴ Ea = 1.25 x 104 x 2.303 x R
= 1.25 x 104 x 2.303 x 8.314
= 23.93 x 104 = 239.3 kJ mol-1

[Note : Frequency factor A may also be calculated as follows : log10 A = 14.34
∴ A = Antilog 14.34 = 2.188 x 104
Answer:
Energy of activation = Ea = 239.3 kJ mol-1.

Question ix.
What fraction of molecules in a gas at 300 K collide with an energy equal to activation energy of 50 kJ/mol? (2 × 10-9)
Solution :
Given : T = 300 K; Ea = 50 kJ mol-1
= 50 x 103 mol-1
The fraction of molecules undergoing fruitful collisions is
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 140
Answer:
Fraction of molecules undergoing collision = 2 x 10-9

Activity :
1. If you wish to determine the reaction order and rate constant for the reaction, 2AB2 → A2 + 2B2.
a) What data would you collect?
b) How would you use these data to determine whether the reaction is zeroth or first order?

2. The activation energy for two reactions are Ea and E’a with Ea > E’a. If the temperature of reacting system increases from T1 to T2, predict which of the following is correct?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 1
k values are rate constants at lower temperatures and k values at higher temperatures.

12th Chemistry Digest Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics Intext Questions and Answers

(Textbook Page No 121)

Question 1.
Write the expressions for rates of reaction for :
2N2O5(g) → 4NO2(g) + O2(g)?
Answer:
For the given reaction, Rate of reaction =
\(=R=-\frac{1}{2} \frac{d\left[\mathrm{~N}_{2} \mathrm{O}_{5}\right]}{d t}\)
\(\begin{aligned}
&=+\frac{1}{4} \frac{d\left[\mathrm{NO}_{2}\right]}{d t} \\
&=+\frac{d\left[\mathrm{O}_{2}\right]}{d t}
\end{aligned}\)

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Problem 6.1: (Textbook Page No 121)

Question 1.
For the reaction,
\(\mathbf{3 I}_{(a q)}^{-}+\mathbf{S}_{2} \mathbf{O}_{8(a q)}^{2-} \longrightarrow \mathbf{I}_{3(\text { (aq) }}^{-}+2 \mathbf{S O}_{4(\mathrm{aq})}^{2-}\)
Calculate (a) the rate of formation of I3,
(b) the rates of consumption of 1 and S2O and (c) the overall rate of reaction if the rate of formation of \(\mathrm{SO}_{4}^{2-}\) is 0.O22 moles dm-3 sec-1.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 19
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 20
∴ (a) Rate of formation of \(\mathrm{I}_{3}^{-}\) = 0.011 mol dm-3 s-1
(b) Rate of consumption of I = 0.033 mol dm-3 s-1
(c) Rate of consumption of \(\mathrm{S}_{2} \mathrm{O}_{8}^{2-}\) = 0.011 mol dm-3 s-1
(d) Overall rate of reaction = Rate of consumption of reactant = Rate of formation of product

Try this….. (Textbook Page No 122)

Question 1.
For the reaction :
NO2(g) + CO(g) → NO(g) + CO2(g), the rate of reaction is experimentally found to be proportional to the square of the concentration of NO2 and independent that of CO. Write the rate law.
Answer:
Since the rate of the reaction is proportional to [NO2]2 and [CO]0, the rate law is R = k[NO2]2 x [CO]0
∴ R = k[NO2]2.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Try this….. (Textbook Page No 124)

Question 1.
The reaction,
CHCl3(g) + Cl2(g) → CCl4(g) + HCl(g) is first order in CHCl3 and 1/2 order in Cl2. Write the rate law and overall order of reaction.
Answer:
Since the reaction is first order in CHCl3 and 1/2 order in Cl2, the rate law for the reaction will be, Rate = k[CHCl3] X [Cl2]1/2
The overall order (n) of the reaction will be, n = l + = \(\frac{1}{2}=\frac{3}{2}\)

Use your brain power! (Textbook Page No 124)

Question 1.
The rate of the reaction 2A + B → 2C + D is 6 x 10-4 mol dm-3 s-1 when [A] =[B] = O.3 mol dm-3 If the reaction is of first order in A and zeroth order in B, what is the rate constant?
Answer:
For the reaction,
2A + B → 2C + D,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 51

(Problem 6.7) (Textbook Page No 126)

Question 1.
A reaction occurs in the following steps :
(i) NO2(g) + F2(g) → NO2F(g) + F(g) (slow)
(ii) F(g) + NO2(g) → NO2F(g) (fast)
(a) Write the equation of overall reaction.
(b) Write down rate law.
(c) Identify the reaction intermediate.
Solution :
(a) The addition of two steps gives the overall reaction as
2NO2(g) + F2(g) → 2NO2 F(g)
(b) Step (i) is slow. The rate law of the reaction is predicted from its stoichiometry. Thus, rate = k [NO2] [F2]
(c) F is produced in step (i) and consumed in step (ii) hence F is the reaction intermediate.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Try this….. (Textbook Page No 126)

Question 1.
A complex reaction takes place in two steps :
(i) NO(g) + O3(g) → NO3(g) + O(g)
(ii) NO3(g) + O(g) → NO2(g) + O2(g)
The predicted rate law is rate = k [NO] [O3]. Identify the rate-determining step. Write the overall reaction. Which is the reaction inter-mediate? Why?
Answer:
(i) NO(g) + O3(g) → NO3(g) + O(g)
(ii) NO3(g) + O(g) NO2(g) + O2(g)
(a) The first step is slow and rate determining step since the rate depends on concentrations of NO(g) and O3(g). (Given : Rate = k [NO] x [O])
(b) The overall reaction is the combination of two steps.
NO(g) + O3(g) → NO2(g) + O2(g)
(c) NO3(g) and O(g) are reaction intermediates. They are formed in first step (i) and removed in the second step (ii).

Try this….. (Textbook Page No 129)

Question 1.
The half-life of a first-order reaction is 0.5 min. Calculate (a) time needed for the reactant to reduce to 20% and (b) the amount decomposed in 55 s.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 70

Try this….. (Textbook Page No 123)

Question 1.
For the reaction 2A + 2B → 2C + D, if concentration of A is doubled at constant [B] the rate increases by a factor of 4. If the concentration of B is doubled with [A] being constant the rate is doubled. Write the rate law of the reaction.
Answer:
Rate = R1 = k[A]x [B]y
When concentration of A = [2A] and
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 71
Hence order with respect to A is 2 and with respect to B is 1. By rate law,
Rate = A: [A]2 [B]

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Question 2.
The rate law for the reaction A + B → C is found to be rate = k [A]2 x [B]. The rate constant of the reaction at 25 °C is 6.25 M-2 S-1. What is the rate of reaction when [A] = 1.0 mol dm-3 and [B] = 0.2 mol dm-3?
Answer:
Rate = k x [A]2 x [B]
= 6.25 x 12 x 0.2
Rate = 1.25 x 102 mol dm-3 s-1

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Biology Solutions Chapter 10 Human Health and Diseases

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board 12th Biology Textbook Solutions Chapter 10 Human Health and Diseases Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board 12th Biology Solutions Chapter 10 Human Health and Diseases

1. Multiple Choice Questions

Question 1.
Which of the following is NOT caused by unsterilized needles?
(a) Elephantiasis
(b) AIDS
(e) Malaria
(d) Hepatitis
Answer:
(a) Elephantiasis

Question 2.
Opium derivative is …………………
(a) Codeine
(b) Caffeine
(c) Heroin
(d) Psilocybin
Answer:
(c) Heroin

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Biology Solutions Chapter 10 Human Health and Diseases

Question 3.
The stimulant present in tea is …………………
(a) tannin
(b) cocaine
(C) caffeine
(d) crack
Answer:
(c) caffeine

Question 4.
WhIch of the following Is caused by smoking?
(a) Liver cirrhosis
(b) Pulmonary tuberculosis
(c) Emphysema
(d) Malaria
Answer:
(c) Emphysema

Question 5.
An antibody is …………………
(a) molecuic that binds specifically an antigen
(b) WBC which invades bacteria
(c) secretion of mammalian RBC
(d) cellular component of blood
Answer:
(a) molecule that binds specifically an antigen

Question 6.
The antiviral proteins released by a virus-infected cell are called …………………
(a) histamines
(b) interferons
(c) pyrogens
(d) allergens
Answer:
(b) interferons

Question 7.
Both B-cells and T-cells are derived from …………………
(a) lymph nodes
(b) thymus glands
(c) liver
(d) stem cells in bone marrow
Answer:
(b) thymus glands

Question 8.
Which of the following diseases can be contracted by droplet infection?
(a) Malaria
(b) Chicken pox
(c) Pneumonia
(d) Rabies
Answer:
(c) Pneumonia

Question 9.
Confirmatory test used for detecting HIV infection is …………………
(a) ELISA
(b) Western blot
(c) Widal test
(d) Eastern blot
Answer:
(b) Western blot

Question 10.
Elephantiasis is caused by …………………
(a) W. barterofti
(b) P. vivax
(c) Bedbug
(d) Elephant
Answer:
(a) W. bancrofti

Question 11.
Innate immunity is provided by …………………
(a) phagocytes
(b) antibody
(c) T-lymphocytes
(d) B-lymphocytes
Answer:
(c) T-lymphocytes

2. Short Answer Questions

Question 1.
What is the source of cocaine?
Answer:
Source of cocaine is coca plant – Erythroxylum coca.

Question 2.
Name one disease caused by smoking.
Answer:
Emphysema. (Damaged and enlarged lungs causing breathlessness)

Question 3.
Which cells stimulate B-cells to form antibodies ?
Answer:
Helper T-cells stimulate B-cells to form antibodies.

Question 4.
What does the abbreviation AIDS stand for?
Answer:
AIDS stands for Acquired Immuno Deficiency Syndrome.

Question 5.
Name the causative agent of typhoid fever.
Answer:
Salmonella typhi

Question 6.
What is Rh factor?
Answer:
Antigen ‘D’ present on the surface of RBCs is known as Rh factor.

Question 7
What is schizont?
Answer:
Schizont is a ring-like form produced from merozoites inside the erythrocytes of human beings, infected by Plasmodium, which again forms new merozoites.

Question 8.
Name the addicting component found in tobacco.
Answer:
Nicotine

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Biology Solutions Chapter 10 Human Health and Diseases

Question 9.
Name the pathogen causing Malaria.
Answer:
Plasmodium vivax

Question 10.
Name the vector of Filariasis.
Answer:
Female Culex mosquito

Question 11.
Name of the causative agent of ringworm.
Answer:
Trichophyton

Question 12.
Health
Answer:
Health is defined as the state of complete physical, mental and social well¬being and not merely the absence of disease or infirmity.

3. Short Answer Questions

Question 1.
What are acquired diseases?
Answer:
Diseases which are developed after the birth of an individual are called acquired diseases. These are of two types, viz. (a) Communicable or infectious diseases and (b) Non- communicable or Non-infectious diseases. Communicable or infectious diseases are transmitted from infected person to another healthy person either directly or indirectly. They are caused due to pathogens like viruses, bacteria, fungi, helminth worms, etc. Non-communicable or Non-infectious diseases cannot be transmitted from infected person to another healthy one either directly or indirectly.

Question 2.
Antigen and antibody.
Answer:

Antigen Antibody
1. Antigens are foreign proteins which are capable of producing infection. 1. Antibodies are immunoglobulins produced by the body to act against the antigens.
2. The structure of antigens is variable dependent upon the type of pathogen. 2. The structure of antibody is Y-shaped.
3. The antigen is the ‘non-self’ molecule. 3. The antibody is ‘self’ molecule.
4. The antigens have epitope sites which bind with the antibody molecule. 4. The antibodies have paratope sites which bind with the antigen molecule.

Question 3.
Name the infective stage of Plasmodium. Give Symptoms of malaria
Answer:
Sporozoite
I. Symptoms of malaria:

  1. Fever accompanied by shivering.
  2. Joint pain or arthralgia.
  3. Vomiting.
  4. Anaemia caused due to rupture of RBCs or haemolysis.
  5. Haemoglobinuria.
  6. Retinal damage.
  7. Convulsions.
  8. Cyclical occurrence of sudden coldness followed by rigor and then fever and sweating lasting for four to six hours. This is called a classic symptom of malaria.
  9. Splenomegaly or enlarged spleen, severe headache, cerebral ischemia, hepatomegaly, i. e. enlarged liver, hypoglycaemia and haemoglobinuria with renal failure may occur in severe infections.

II. Spread / Transmission of malaria:

  1. Malaria parasite is transmitted through the female Anopheles mosquito and hence it is known as mosquito-borne disease. Mosquito acts as a vector.
  2. There are four species of Plasmodium, viz., P. vivax, P. falciparum, P. ovale and P. malariae which transmit malaria.

Question 4.
Explain the mode of infection and cause of elephantiasis.
Answer:
Mode of infection, i.e. transmission:

  1. The parasite Wuchereria bancrofti is transmitted from a patient to other normal human being by female Culex mosquito.
  2. The filarial larvae leave mosquito body and arrive on the human skin where they penetrate the skin and enter inside.
  3. They undergo two moultings to become adults. Later they settle in the lymphatic system. They incubate for about 8-16 months.
  4. When they settle in lymphatic system, this infection is called lymphatic filariasis.
  5. The worms start infecting lymphatic circulation resulting into enlargement of lymph vessels and lymph nodes. The extremities like legs or limbs become swollen which resembles elephant legs. Therefore it is called elephantiasis.
  6. This condition is lymphoedema, i.e. accumulation of lymph fluid in tissue causing swelling.

Question 5.
Why is smoking a bad habit?
Answer:

  1. Smoking involves inhaling the cigarette smoke which contains nicotine and other toxic substances like N-nitrosodimethlene. There is some amount of carbon monoxide.
    All these substances affect the normal respiratory health.
  2. Smoking invites problems like asthma, hypertension, heart disease, stroke, lung damage.
  3. The worst impact is that these substances are carcinogenic and hence can cause cancer of larynx, trachea, lung, etc.
  4. Smoking not only affects the smokers but also has bad effect on others due to passive smokers.
  5. In women, smoking is still hazardous as their ovaries can undergo mutations due to mutagenic chemicals found in smoke.
  6. Therefore, smoking is a very bad habit.

Question 6.
What do the abbreviations AMIS and CMIS denote?
Answer:
AMIS is Antibody-mediated immune system or humoral immunity and CMIS is cell- mediated immune system.

Question 7.
What is a carcinogen? Name one chemical carcinogen with its target tissue.
Answer:

  1. Carcinogen is the substance or agent that causes cancer.
  2. Urinary bladder cancer caused by 2-naphthylamine and 4-aminobiphenyl.

Question 8.
Active immunity and passive immunity.
Answer:

Active immunity Passive immunity
1. Active immunity is produced in response to entry of pathogens and their antigenic stimuli. 1. Passive immunity is produced due to antibodies that are transferred to the body.
2. Active immunity is the long lasting immunity. 2. Passive immunity is short-lived immunity.
3. In active immunity, the body produces its own antibodies. 3. In passive immunity, antibodies are given to the body from outside.
4. Natural acquired active immunity is obtained due to infections by pathogens. 4. Natural acquired passive immunity is obtained through antibodies of mother transmitted- to baby by placenta or colostrum.
5. Artificial acquired active immunity is obtained through vaccinations. These vaccines contain dead or live but attenuated pathogens. 5. Artificial acquired passive immunity is also obtained through vaccinations, but here the vaccines contain the readymade antibodies which are prepared with the help of other animals such as horses.

4. Short Answer Questions

Question 1.
B-cells and T-cells.
Answer:

B-cells T-cells.
1. B-cells are type of lymphocyte whose origin is in bone marrow but maturation is in blood. 1. T-cells are type of lymphocytes which originate in bone marrow but maturation occurs in thymus.
2. B-cells Eire type of lymphocytes which are involved in humoral mediated immunity. 2. T-cells are type of lymphocytes which are involved in cell-mediated immunity.
3. 20% of lymphocytes present in the blood are B-cells. 3. 80% of lymphocytes present in the blood are T-cells.
4. Two types of B-cells are Memory cells and Plasma cells. 4. T-cells are of following subtypes : Cytotoxic T-cells, helper T-cells, suppressor T-cells.
5. They are involved in antibody mediated immunity. (AMI) 5. They are involved in cell-mediated immunity (CMI).
6. B-cells produced antibodies with which they fight against pathogens. 6. T-cells do not produce antibodies.
7. B-cells have membrane bound immunoglobulins located on the surface. 7. There is a presence of T cell receptors on the T-cell surface.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Biology Solutions Chapter 10 Human Health and Diseases

Question 2.
What are the symptoms of malaria? How does malaria spread?
Answer:
Symptoms of malaria:

  1. Fever accompanied by shivering.
  2. Joint pain or arthralgia.
  3. Vomiting.
  4. Anaemia caused due to rupture of RBCs or haemolysis.
  5. Haemoglobinuria.

Question 3.
AIDS.
Answer:
(1) AIDS or the acquired immuno deficiency syndrome, is fatal viral disease caused by a retrovirus (ss RNA) known as the human immuno deficiency virus (HIV) which weakens the body’s immune system. It is called a modern pandemic.

(2) The HIV attacks the immune system which in turn causes many opportunistic infections, neurological disorders and unusual malignancies ultimately leading to death.

(3) AIDS was first noticed in USA in 1981 whereas in India, first confirmed case of AIDS was in April 1986 from Tamil Nadu.

(4) HIV is transmitted through body fluids such as saliva, tears, nervous system tissue, spinal fluid, blood, semen, vaginal fluid and breast milk. However, only blood, semen, vaginal secretions and breast milk generally transmit infection to others.

(5) The transmission of HIV occurs by sexual contact, through blood and blood products and by contaminated syringes, needles, etc. There is also transplacental transmission or through breast milk at the time of nursing.

(6) Accidental needle injury, artificial insemination with infected donated semen and transplantation with infected organs are some of the rare occasions of transmission of HIV.

(7) HIV infection is not spread by casual contact such as hugging, bite of mosquitoes or using other objects touched by a patient.

(8) Acute HIV infection progresses over time to asymptomatic HIV infection and then to early symptomatic HIV infection. Later, it progresses to full blown AIDS when patient shows advanced HIV infection with CD4 T-cell count below 200 cells/mm.

Question 4.
Give the symptoms of cancer.
Answer:
Symptoms of cancer:

  1. Presence of lump or tumour.
  2. White patches in the mouth.
  3. Change in a wart or mole on the skin.
  4. Swollen or enlarged lymph nodes.
  5. Vertigo, headaches or seizures if cancer affect the brain.
  6. Coughing and shortness of breath if lungs are affected due to cancer.

Question 5.
Antigens on blood cells.
Answer:

  1. There are about 30 known antigens on the surface of human red blood cells. They decide the type of blood group such as ABO, Rh, Duffy, Kidd, Lewis, P MNS, Bombay.
  2. The different blood groups are determined genetically due to presence of a particular antigen.
  3. Landsteiner found two antigens or agglutinogens on the surface of human red blood cells which are named as antigen A and antigen B.
  4. There is another antigen called Antigen D which decides the Rh status of the blood. If Antigen D is present, the person is said to be RH positive and when it is lacking, the person is Rh negative.
  5. These antigens are responsible for types of blood group and the specific transfusions.
  6. Antigens present on the RBCs and antibodies present in the serum can cause agglutination reactions if they are non-compatible. Therefore, at the time of transfusion blood groups are checked properly.

Question 6.
Antigen-antibody complex:
Img 1
Answer:

  1. Between antigen and antibody there is specificity.
  2. Each antibody is specific for a particular antigen.
  3. On the antigens there are combining sites which are called antigenic determinants or epitopes.
  4. Epitopes react with the corresponding antigen binding sites of antibodies which are called paratopes.
  5. The antigen binding sites are located on the variable regions of the antibody. Variable regions have small variations which make each antibody highly specific for a particular antigen.
  6. Owing to variable region the antibody can recognize the specific antigen.
  7. Antibody thus binds to specific antigen in a lock and key manner, forming an antigen- antibody complex.

Question 7.
What are the various public health measures, which you would suggest as safeguard against infectious diseases?
Answer:
Infectious diseases spread through pathogens, therefore, it is an important duty of each person to decrease the risk of infecting our own self or others. This can be achieved by

  1. Washing hands often, especially whenever, we are in contact with food and water. Before and after preparing food, before eating and after using the toilet, hand wash is a must.
  2. Vaccinations : Immunization helps us to protect against contracting many diseases. Therefore, timely vaccination should be taken. Especially at the time of epidemic, one must keep distance from infected area or get vaccinated.
  3. One must be at home if there are signs and symptoms of an infection. By going out, we may infect other healthy persons.
  4. Proper diet and exercise should be followed to improve one’s own immunity.
  5. Hygiene should be utmost in the kitchen and dining area. One must take care while eating uncovered and leftover food.
  6. Bathroom and toilet should be cleaned daily as there can be a high concentration of bacteria or other infectious agents in these areas.
  7. One should have responsible sexual behaviour to avoid sexually transmitted diseases.
  8. Personal items such as toothbrush, comb, towel, undergarments or razor blade should never be shared.
  9. Travelling should be avoided because we may infect other passengers during travel. Moreover, our illness can be aggravated. Some special immunizations are needed during certain travels, such as anti-cholera vaccine while going to Pandharpur during Ashadhi.

Question 8.
How does the transmission of each of the following diseases take place?
(a) Amoebiasis:
Answer:
Amoebiasis is usually transmitted by the following ways:

  1. The faecal-oral route.
  2. Through contact with dirty hands or objects.
  3. By anal-oral contact.
  4. Through contaminated food and water.

(b) Malaria:
Answer:
Symptoms of malaria:

  1. Fever accompanied by shivering.
  2. Joint pain or arthralgia.
  3. Vomiting.
  4. Anaemia caused due to rupture of RBCs or haemolysis.
  5. Haemoglobinuria.

(c) Ascariasis:
Answer:

  1. Unsafe and unhygienic food and drinks contaminated with the eggs of Ascaris are the main mode of transmission.
  2. Eggs hatch inside the intestine of the new host.
  3. The larvae pass through various organs and settle as adults in the digestive system.

(d) Pneumonia:
Answer:

  1. Pneumonia usually spreads by direct person to person contact.
  2. It is also spread via droplet infection, i.e. droplets released by infected person.
  3. Using clothes and utensils of the patient.

Question 9.
What measures would you take to prevent water-borne diseases?
Answer:

  1. To prevent water-borne diseases, use of safe, clean and potable water is a must. Water should be filtered, then boiled and stored in covered container. If possible water purifier systems should be installed at home.
  2. One should preferably use bottled water or carry our own water container while travelling.
  3. Cleaning of water containers and maintaining personal hygiene near water storage is a must.
  4. Megacities offer chlorinated and purified water for citizens. But villages and smaller rural set ups use river water which may be highly contaminated with pathogens. Such water should be purified before consumption to prevent water-borne diseases.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Biology Solutions Chapter 10 Human Health and Diseases

Question 10.
Typhoid.
Answer:
Typhoid is an infective disease caused by Gram-ve bacterium, Salmonella typhi.
(1) It is food and water-borne infection. In the intestinal lumen of infected person this bacteria is found.

(2) The bacterium has “O” – antigen, which is a lipopolysaccharide (LPS), present on surface coat and its flagella has “H” – antigen. Thus it becomes pathogenic.

(3) Signs and Symptoms of typhoid are as follows:
Prolonged and high fever with nausea, fatigue, headache.
Abdominal pain, constipation or diarrhoea. In severe cases rose-coloured rash is seen on skin. Tongue shows white coating and there is cough. Anorexia or loss of appetite is seen. In chronic cases there is breathlessness, irregular heartbeats and haemorrhage.

(4) Poor hygiene habits and poor sanitation and insects like houseflies and cockroaches spread typhoid.

(5) Typhoid is diagnosed by Widal test.

(6) Antibiotics like Chloromycetin can cure typhoid. Preventive vaccines such as oral Ty21a vaccine and injectable typhim vi and typherix against typhoid are also available. Chronic cases need surgical removal of gall bladder.

5. Match the following.

Column I Column II
(a) AIDS (i) Antibody production
(b) Lysozyme (ii) Activation of B-cells
(c) B-cells (iii) Immunoglobulin
(d) T-helper cells (iv) Tears
(e) Antibody (v) Immuno deficiency

Answer:

Column I Column II
(a) AIDS (v) Immuno deficiency
(b) Lysozyme (iv) Tears
(c) B-cells (i) Antibody production
(d) T-helper cells (ii) Activation of B-cells
(e) Antibody (iii) Immunoglobulin

6. Long Answer Questions

Question 1.
Describe the structure of antibody.
Answer:
Img 2

  1. Antibodies are highly specific to specific antigens. They are glycoprotein called immunoglobulins (Igs.).
  2. They are produced by plasma cells. Plasma cells are in turn formed by B-lymphocytes.
  3. About 2000 molecules of antibodies are formed per second by the plasma cells.
  4. Antibody is a ‘Y’-shaped molecule. It has four polypeptide chains, two heavy or H-chains and two light or L-chains.
  5. Disulfide bonds (-s-s-) hold the polypeptide chains together to form a ‘Y’-shaped structure.
  6. The region holding arms and stem of antibody is termed as hinge. Each chain of the antibody has two distinct regions, the variable region and the constant region.
  7. Variable regions have a paratope which is an antigen-binding site. This part of antibody recognizes and binds to the specific antigen forming an antigen-antibody complex.
  8. Antibodies are called bivalent as they carry two antigen binding sites.

Question 2.
Vaccination.
Answer:

  1. Vaccines are prepared from inactivated pathogen, in the form of protein or sugar from pathogen or dead form of pathogen or toxoid from pathogens or attenuated pathogen.
  2. These when they are administered to a person to protect against a particular pathogen, it is called vaccination.
  3. Vaccination ’teaches’ the immune system to recognize and eliminate pathogenic organism. Because, already in the body the vaccine is injected and body has made antibodies in response to it. Thus, body is prepared before the attack, if at all it is exposed to pathogen.
  4. Thus, it is an important form of primary prevention, which reduces the chances of illness by protecting people. It works by exposing the pathogen in a safe form.
  5. Vaccinations control spread of diseases like measles, polio, tetanus and whooping cough that once threatened many lives.
  6. Vaccination controls the epidemic outbreak of diseases, if all the people Eire pre-vaccinated.
  7. Some hazardous diseases like small, pox and polio have been completely eradicated by the vaccination.

Question 3.
What is cancer? Differentiate between benign tumour and malignant tumour. The main five types of cancer
Answer:
I. Cancer : Cancer is a disease caused by uncontrolled cell division due to disturbed cell cycle.

II. Difference between benign tumour and malignant tumour:

Benign tumour malignant tumour
1. Benign tumour is localized and it does not spread to neighbouring areas. 1. Malignant tumour starts as local but spreads rapidly to neighbouring areas.
2. Benign tumour is enclosed in connective tissue sheath. 2. Malignant tumour is not enclosed in connective tissue sheath.
3. Benign tumour compresses the surrounding normal tissue. 3. Malignant tumour invades and destroys the surrounding tissue.
4. Benign tumours can be removed surgically. 4. Malignant tumours need further treatment after removal.
5. Except for brain tumour, benign tumours are usually not fatal. 5. Malignant tumours are fatal.
6. Benign tumours do not show metastasis. 6. Malignant tumours show metastasis.
7. Benign tumours are well differentiated. 7. Malignant tumours are poorly differentiated.
8. Benign tumours show slow and progressive growth. 8. Malignant tumours show rapid and erratic growth.

III. The main five types of cancer:

Types of Cancer : According to the tissue affected, the cancers are classified into five main types. These are as follows:

  1. Carcinoma : Cancer of epithelial tissue covering or lining the body organs is known as carcinoma. E.g. breast cancer, lung cancer, cancer of stomach, skin cancer, etc.
  2. Sarcoma : Cancer of connective tissue is called sarcoma. Following are the types of sarcoma osteosarcoma (bone cancer), myosarcoma (muscle cancer),
    chondrosarcoma (cancer of cartilage) and liposarcoma (cancer of adipose tissue).
  3. Lymphoma : Cancer of lymphatic tissue is called lymphoma. Lymphatic nodes, spleen and tissues of immune system are affected due to lymphoma.
  4. Leukaemia : Leukaemia is blood cancer. In this condition, excessive formation of leucocytes take place in the bone marrow. There are millions of abnormal immature leucocytes which cannot fight infections. Monocytic leukaemia, lymphoblastic leukaemia, etc. are the types of leukaemia.
  5. Adenocarcinoma : Cancer of glandular tissues such as thyroid, pituitary, adrenal, etc. is called adenocarcinoma.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Biology Solutions Chapter 10 Human Health and Diseases

Question 4.
Describe the different type of immunity.
Answer: There are two basic types of immunity, viz. innate immunity and acquired immunity.
(A) Innate immunity:

  1. Innate immunity is natural, inborn immunity, which helps the body to fight against the invasion of microorganisms.
  2. Innate immunity is non-specific because it does not depend on previous exposure to foreign substances.
  3. Innate immunity mechanisms consist of various types of barriers such as anatomical barriers, physiological barriers, phagocytic barriers and inflammatory barriers. They prevent entry of foreign agents into the body.

(B) Acquired immunity:

  1. The immunity that an individual acquires during his life is called acquired immunity or adaptive immunity or specific immunity. It helps the body to adapt by fighting against specific antigens hence it is called adaptive immunity. Since it is produced specifically against an antigen, it is called specific immunity.
  2. Acquired immunity takes long time for its activation.
  3. This type of immunity is seen only in vertebrates.
  4. Due to acquired immunity, the body is able to defend against any invading foreign agent.

Question 5.
Describe the ill-effects of alcoholism on health.
Answer:

  1. Alcohol in any form is toxic for the body. Hence as soon as alcohol is consumed, the liver tries to detoxify it.
  2. In low doses it acts as a stimulant but in high dose, it acts on central nervous system, especially the cerebrum and cerebellum. Still higher dose can induce a comatose condition.
  3. Alcohol affect the gastrointestinal tract by causing inflammation and damage to gastric 4 mucosa. Ulceration and painful condition arises in alcoholics.
  4. Excessive doses of alcohol induce vomiting.
  5. The worst effect of alcohol is on liver causing diseases like cirrhosis.
  6. Alcohol induces hypertension and cardiac problems.
  7. Apart from physical effect, it causes deterioration of mental health and emotional well-being.
  8. Alcoholic person cannot think due to numbness in his/her cerebrum.
  9. The social health is greatly affected as the alcoholic can cause problems to his family, friends and society in general.

Question 6.
In your view, what motivates the youngsters to take to alcohol or drugs and how can this be avoided?
Answer:
I. Taking drugs or alcohol:

  1. Youngsters are at the vulnerable age, where they lack the planning about their future.
  2. If they fall into bad company or are facing parental neglect, they get hooked on to alcohol or drugs.
  3. Some common causes for addiction among youngsters are insufficient parental supervision and monitoring or excessive pressure and expectations from them. Lack of communication between an adolescent and parents.
  4. Poorly defined rules for the family. Continuous family conflicts.
  5. Favourable parental attitudes towards alcohol and drug uses. Many a times, at home children are exposed to such habits.
  6. Inability to cope up with present and hence switching to the addictions. Risk taking behaviour which is common among youngsters.

II. Methods/measures to avoid drug abuse:

  1. There should be complete acceptance for the child, because the adolescent phase is the most crucial phase when the children should be treated with love, care and respect.
  2. Many physical, hormonal and psychological transformations are taking place in this phase. Therefore child suffers from stressful situation.
  3. Wrong company and bad influence of peer group can trap the child in bad addictive habits. Thus, family should be supportive and communicative to help such children.
  4. The sexual thoughts should be sublimed by channelizing energy into healthy pursuits like sports, reading, music, yoga and other extracurricular activities.
  5. Ill-effects of drugs or alcohol should be told to youngsters.
  6. Education and counselling can control the children from getting hooked on to the addictions.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Biology Solutions Chapter 10 Human Health and Diseases

Question 7.
Do you think that friends can influence one to take alcohol/drugs? If yes, how may one protect himself/herself from such an influence?
Answer:
Friends can influence one to take alcohol and drugs, if a boy or girl is timid and non-communicative with his or her parents and teachers. It also depends on the personality of the indtvidual. In the adolescent age, many fall in trap due to such peer pressure. The confusion in the mind and role of hormones playing on the psyche and thought process makes one unable to understand the hazards of such habits. Also there is curiosity to do these experimentations due to bad influence of media.

If there is complete trust and friendship with sensible parents, then such influence does not work. One should protect himself or herself by a strong denial. Communicating such incidents to an elder in whom a boy or girl can confide, is very important. One should tell his or her friends about the ill-effects of alcohol and drugs. He should be made aware of these aspects that he or she has learnt in this lesson.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board 12th Chemistry Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions

1. Choose the most correct answer.

Question i.
The vapour pressure of a solution containing 2 moles of a solute in 2 moles of water (vapour pressure of pure water = 24 mm Hg) is
(a) 24 mm Hg
(b) 32 mm Hg
(c) 48 mm Hg
(d) 12 mm Hg
Answer:
(d) 12 mm Hg

Question ii.
The colligative property of a solution is
(a) vapour pressure
(b) boiling point
(c) osmotic pressure
(d) freezing point
Answer:
(c) osmotic pressure

Question iii.
In calculating osmotic pressure the concentration of solute is expressed in
(a) molarity
(b) molality
(c) mole fraction
(d) mass per cent
Answer:
(a) molarity

Question iv.
Ebullioscopic constant is the boiling point elevation when the concentration of solution is
(a) 1 m
(b) 1 M
(c) 1 mass%
(d) 1 mole fraction of solute
Answer:
(a) 1 m

Question v.
Cryoscopic constant depends on
(a) nature of solvent
(b) nature of solute
(c) nature of solution
(d) number of solvent molecules
Answer:
(a) nature of solvent

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions

Question vi.
Identify the correct statement
(a) vapour pressure of solution is higher than that of pure solvent.
(b) boiling point of solvent is lower than that of solution
(c) osmotic pressure of solution is lower than that of solvent
(d) osmosis is a colligative property.
Answer:
(b) boiling point of solvent is lower than that of solution

Question vii.
A living cell contains a solution which is isotonic with 0.3 M sugar solution. What osmotic pressure develops when the cell is placed in 0.1 M KCl solution at body temperature ?
(a) 5.08 atm
(b) 2.54 atm
(c) 4.92 atm
(d) 2.46 atm
Answer:
(c) 4.92 atm

Question viii.
The osmotic pressure of blood is 7.65 atm at 310 K. An aqueous solution of glucose isotonic with blood has the percentage (by volume)
(a) 5.41%
(b) 3.54%
(c) 4.53%
(d) 53.4%
Answer:
(a) 5.41%

Question ix.
Vapour pressure of a solution is
(a) directly proportional to the mole fraction of the solute
(b) inversely proportional to the mole fraction of the solute
(c) inversely proportional to the mole fraction of the solvent
(d) directly proportional to the mole fraction of the solvent
Answer:
(d) directly proportional to the mole fraction of the solvent

Question x.
Pressure cooker reduces cooking time for food because
(a) boiling point of water involved in cooking is increased
(b) heat is more evenly distributed in the cooking space
(c) the higher pressure inside the cooker crushes the food material
(d) cooking involves chemical changes helped by a rise in temperature
Answer:
(a) boiling point of water involved in cooking is increased

Question xi.
Henry’s law constant for a gas CH3Br is 0.159 mol dm-3 atm at 250°C. What is the solubility of CH3Br in water at 25 °C and a partial pressure of 0.164 atm?
(a) 0.0159 mol L-1
(b) 0.164 mol L-1
(c) 0.026 M
(d) 0.042 M
Answer:
(c) 0.026 M

Question xii.
Which of the following statement is NOT correct for 0.1 M urea solution and 0.05 M sucrose solution ?
(a) osmotic pressure exhibited by urea solution is higher than that exhibited by sucrose solution
(b) urea solution is hypertonic to sucrose solution
(c) they are isotonic solutions
(d) sucrose solution is hypotonic to urea solution
Answer:
(c) they are isotonic solutions

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions

2. Answer the following in one or two sentences

Question i.
What is osmotic pressure ?
Answer:
(1) Definition : The osmotic pressure is defined as the excess mechanical pressure required to be applied to a solution separated by a semipermeable membrane from pure solvent or a dilute solution to prevent the osmosis or free passage of the solvent molecules at a given temperature. The osmotic pressure is a colligative property.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions 1
Osmosis and osmotic pressure

(2) Explanation : Consider an inverted thistle funnel on the mouth of which a semipermeable membrane is firmly fastened. It is filled with the experimental solution and immersed in a solvent like water. As a result, solvent molecules pass through the membrane into the solution in the funnel causing rising of level in the arm of thistle funnel. This increases the hydrostatic pressure. At a certain stage this rising level stops indicating an equilibrium between the rates of flow of solvent molecules from solvent to solution and from solution to solvent. The hydrostatic pressure at this stage represents osmotic pressure of the solution in the thistle funnel.

Question ii.
A solution concentration is expressed in molarity and not in molality while considering osmotic pressure. Why ?
Answer:

  1. While calculating osmotic pressure by equation, π = CRT, the concentration is expressed in molarity but not in molality.
  2. This is because the measurements of osmotic pressure are made at a certain constant temperature.
  3. Molarity depends upon temperature but molality is independent of temperature.
  4. Hence in osmotic pressure measurements, concentration is expressed in molarity.

Question iii.
Write the equation relating boiling point elevation to the concentration of solution.
Answer:
The elevation in the boiling point of a solution is directly proportional to the molal concentration (expressed in mol kg-1) of the solution.
Hence, if ΔTb is the elevation in the boiling point of a solution of molal concentration m then,
ΔTb ∝ m
∴ ΔTb = Kb m
where Kb is a proportionality constant.
If m = 1 molal,
ΔTb = Kb
Kb is called the ebullioscopic constant or molal elevation constant. Kb is characteristic of the solvent.

Question iv.
A 0.1 m solution of K2SO4 in water has freezing point of -0.43 °C. What is the value of van’t Hoff factor if Kf for water is 1.86 K kg mol-1?
Answer:
Given : m = 0.1 m, ΔTf = 0 – (-0.43) = 0.43 °C
Kf = 1.86 K kg mol-1, i = ?
ΔTf = i × Kf × m
∴ i = \(\frac{\Delta T_{\mathrm{f}}}{K_{\mathrm{f}} \times m}=\frac{0.43}{1.86 \times 0.1}\) = 2.312
van’t Hoff factor = i = 2.312

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions

Question v.
What is van’t Hoff factor?
Answer:
Definition of the van’t Hoff factor, i : It is defined as a ratio of the observed colligative property of the solution to the theoretically calculated colligative property of the solution without considering molecular change.

The van’t Hoff factor can be represented as,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions 2

This colligative property may be the lowering of vapour pressure of a solution, the osmotic pressure, the elevation in the boiling point or the depression in the freezing point of the solution. Hence,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions 3

  • When the solute neither undergoes dissociation or association in the solution, then, i = 1
  • When the solute undergoes dissociation in the solution, then, i > 1
  • When the solute undergoes association in the solution, then i < 1

From the value of the van’t Hoff factor, the degree of dissociation of electrolytes, degree of association of nonelectrolytes can be obtained.

van’t Hoff factor gives the important information about the solute molecules in the solution and chemical bonding in them.

Question vi.
How is van’t Hoff factor related to degree of ionization?
Answer:
Consider 1 dm3 of a solution containing m moles of an electrolyte AxBy. The electrolyte on dissociation gives x number of Ay+ ions and y number of Bx- ions. Let α be the degree of dissociation.

At equilibrium,
AxBy ⇌ xAy+ + yBx-
For 1 mole of electrolyte : 1 – α,  xα,  yα
and For ‘m’ moles of an electrolyte : m(1 – α), mxα, myα are the number of particles.
Total number of moles at equilibrium, will be,
Total moles = m(1 – α) + mxα + myα
= m[(1 – α) + xα + yα]
= m[1 + xα + yα – α]
= m[1 + α(x + y – 1)]

The van’t Hoff factor i will be,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions 4
If total number of ions from one mole of electrolyte is denoted by n, then (x + y) = n
∴ i = 1 + α(n – 1)
∴ α(n – 1) = i – 1
∴ α = \(\frac{i-1}{n-1}\) ……(1)
This is a relation between van’t Hoff factor i and degree of dissociation of an electrolyte.

Question vii.
Which of the following solutions will have higher freezing point depression and why ?
a. 0.1 m NaCl b. 0.05 m Al2(SO4)3
Answer:
(1) Freezing point depression is a colligative property, hence depends on the number of particles in the solution.
(2) More the number of particles in the solution, higher is the depression in freezing point.
(3) The number of particles (ions) from electrolytes are,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions 5
(4) Therefore Al2(SO4)3 solution will have higher freezing point depression.

Question viii.
State Raoult’s law for a solution containing a nonvolatile solute.
Answer:
Statement of Raoult’s law : The law states that the vapour pressure of a solvent over the solution of a nonvolatile solute is equal to the vapour pressure of the pure solvent multiplied by mole fraction of the solvent at constant temperature.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions

Question ix.
What is the effect on the boiling point of water if 1 mole of methyl alcohol is added to 1 dm3 of water? Why?
Answer:

  • The boiling point of water (or any liquid) depends on its vapour pressure.
  • Higher the vapour pressure, lower is the boiling point.
  • When 1 mole of volatile methyl alcohol is added to 1 dm3 of water, its vapour pressure is increased decreasing the boiling point of water.

Question x.
Which of the four colligative properties is most often used for molecular mass determination? Why?
Answer:

  1. Since osmotic pressure has large values, it can be measured more precisely.
  2. The osmotic pressure can be measured at a suitable constant temperature.
  3. The molecular masses can be measured more accurately.
  4. Therefore, it is more useful to determine molecular masses of expensive substances by osmotic pressure.

3. Answer the following.

Question i.
How vapour pressure lowering is related to a rise in boiling point of solution?
Answer:
(1) The boiling point of a liquid is the temperature at which the vapour pressure of the liquid becomes equal to the external pressure, generally 1 atm (101.3 × 103 Nm-2).

(2) When a liquid is heated, its vapour pressure rises till it becomes equal to the external pressure.
If the liquid has a low vapour pressure, it has a higher boiling point.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions 6
Vapour pressure curve showing elevation in boiling point

(3) When a nonvolatile solute is added to a solvent, its vapour pressure decreases, hence the boiling point increases.
This is explained by graphical representation of the vapour pressure and the boiling point of the pure solvent and the solution.

If T0 and T are the boiling points of a pure solvent and a solution, then the elevation in the boiling point is given by,
ΔTb = T – T0
The curve AB, represents the variation in the vapour pressure of a pure solvent with temperature while curve CD represents the variation in the vapour pressure of the solution.

(4) This elevation in the boiling point is proportional to the lowering of the vapour pressure, i.e., P0 – P, where P0 and P are the vapour pressures of the pure solvent and the solution.
[ΔTb ∝ (P0 – P) or ΔTb ∝ ΔP]

Question ii.
What are isotonic and hypertonic solutions?
Answer:
(1) Isotonic solutions : The solutions having the same osmotic pressure at a given temperature are called isotonic solutions.

Explanation : If two solutions of substances A and B contain nA and nB moles dissolved in volume V (in dm3) of the solutions, then their concentrations are,
CA = \(\frac{n_{\mathrm{A}}}{V}\) (in mol dm-3) and
CB = \(\frac{n_{\mathrm{B}}}{V}\) (in mol dm-3)

If the absolute temperature of both the solutions is T, then by the van’t Hoff equation,
πA = CART and πB = CBRT, where πA and πB are their osmotic pressures.
For the isotonic solutions,
πA = πB
∴ CA = CB
∴ \(\frac{n_{\mathrm{A}}}{V}=\frac{n_{\mathrm{B}}}{V}\)
∴ nA = nB
Hence, equal volumes of the isotonic solutions at the same temperature will contain equal number of moles (hence, equal number of molecules) of the substances.

(2) Hypertonic solutions : When two solutions have different osmotic pressures, then the solution having higher osmotic pressure is said to be a hypertonic solution with respect to the other solution.

Explanation : Consider two solutions of substances A and B having osmotic pressures πA and πB. If πB is greater than πA, then the solution B is a hypertonic solution with respect to the solution A.
Hence, if CA and CB are their concentrations, then CB > CA. Hence, for equal volume of the solutions, nB > nA.

Question iii.
A solvent and its solution containing a nonvolatile solute are separated by a semipermable membrane. Does the flow of solvent occur in both directions? Comment giving reason.
Answer:

  1. When a solvent and a solution containing a non-volatile solute are separated by a semipermeable membrane, there arises a flow of solvent molecules from solvent to solution as well as from solution to solvent.
  2. Due to higher vapour pressure of solvent than solution, the rate of flow of solvent molecules from solvent to solution is higher.
  3. As more and more solvent passes into solution due to osmosis, the solvent content increases, and the rate of backward flow increases.
  4. At a certain stage an equilibrium is reached where both the opposing rates become equal attaining an equilibrium.

Question iv.
The osmotic pressure of CaCl2 and urea solutions of the same concentration at the same temperature are respectively 0.605 atm and 0.245 atm. Calculate van’t Hoff factor for CaCl2.
Answer:
Given : πCacl2 = 0.605 atm;
πUrea = 0.245 atm
For urea solution, van’t Hoff factor, i = 1
πCacl2 = i × (CRT)Cacl2
πUrea = (CRT)Urea
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions 7
van’t Hoff factor = i = 2.47

Question v.
Explain reverse osmosis.
Answer:
Reverse osmosis : The phenomenon of the passage of solvent like water under high pressure from the concentrated aqueous solution like seawater into pure water through a semipermeable membrane is called reverse osmosis.

The osmotic pressure of seawater is about 30 atmospheres. Hence when pressure more than 30 atmospheres is applied on the solution side, regular osmosis stops and reverse osmosis starts. Hence pure water from seawater enters the other side of pure water.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions 8
Purification of seawater by reverse osmosis

For this purpose of suitable semipermeable membrane is required which can withstand high pressure conditions over a long period.
This method is used successfully in Florida since 1981 producing more than 10 million litres of pure water per day.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions

Question vi.
How molar mass of a solute is determined by osmotic pressure measurement?
Answer:
Consider V dm3 (litres) of a solution containing W2 mass of a solute of molar mass M2 at a temperature T.
Number of moles of solute, n2 = \(\frac{W_{2}}{M_{2}}\)
The osmotic pressure π is given by,
π = \(\frac{W_{2} R T}{M_{2} V}\)
∴ M2 = \(\frac{W_{2} R T}{\pi V}\)
By measuring osmotic pressure of a solution, the molar mass of a solute can be calculated.
Since osmotic pressure can be measured more precisely, it is widely used to measure molar masses of the substances.

Question vii.
Why vapour pressure of a solvent is lowered by dissolving a nonvolatile solute into it?
Answer:
Lowering of vapour pressure of a solution :
When a nonvolatile solute is added to a pure solvent, the surface area is covered by the solute molecule decreasing the rate of evaporation, hence its vapour pressure decreases. This decrease in vapour pressure is called lowering of vapour pressure.

If P0 is the vapour pressure of a pure solvent (liquid) and P is the vapour pressure of the solution, where P < P0, then, (P0 – P) is the lowering of the vapour pressure.

Question viii.
Using Raoult’s law, how will you show that ∆P = \(\boldsymbol{P}_{1}^{0}\)x2 ? Where x2 is the mole fraction of solute in the solution and \(\boldsymbol{P}_{1}^{0}\) vapour pressure of pure solvent.
Answer:
If x1 and x2 are the mole fractions of solvent and solute respectively, then
x1 + x2
By Raoult’s law,
P = x1 × P0
where P0 is the vapour pressure of a pure solvent and P is the vapour pressure of the solution at given temperature.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions 9

Question ix.
While considering boiling point elevation and freezing point depression a solution concentration is expressed in molality and not in molarity. Why?
Answer:

  • Boiling point elevation and freezing point depression involve temperature changes, (ΔTb and ΔTf).
  • Since molarity depends on temperature but molality is independent of temperature we use molality and not molarity in considering boiling point elevation and freezing point depression.

Question 4.
Derive the relationship between degree of dissociation of an electrolyte and van’t Hoff factor.
Answer:
Consider 1 dm3 of a solution containing m moles of an electrolyte AxBy. The electrolyte on dissociation gives number of Ay+ ions and y number of Bx- ions. Let α be the degree of dissociation.

At equilibrium,
AxBy ⇌ xAy+ + yBx-
For 1 mole of electrolyte : 1 – α, xα, yα and
For ‘m’ moles of an electrolyte : m(1 – α), mxα, myα are the number of particles.
Total number of moles at equilibrium, will be,
Total moles = m(1 – α) + mxα + myα
= m[(1 – α) + xα + yα]
= m[1 – xα + yα – α]
= m[1 + α(x + y – 1)]
The van’t Hoff factor i will be,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions 10
If total number of ions from one mole of electrolyte is denoted by n, then (x + y) = n
∴ i = 1 + α(n – 1)
∴ α(n – 1) = i – 1
∴ α = \(\frac{i-1}{n-1}\) ……..(1)
This is a relation between van’t Hoff factor i and degree of dissociation of an electrolyte.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions

Question 5.
What is effect of temperature on solubility of solids in water? Give examples.
Answer:
The solubility of a solid solute depends upon temperature.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions 11
Variation of solubilities of some ionic solids with temperature

  • Generally rise in temperature increases the solubility. This is due to expansion of holes or empty spaces in the liquid solvent. Generally 10 °C rise in temperature, increases the solubility of solids two fold.
  • Dissolution process may be endothermic or exothermic.
  • The solubility of the substances like NaBr, NaCl, KCl, etc. changes slightly with the increase in temperature.
  • The solubility of the salts like NaNO3, KNO3, KBr, etc. increases appreciably with the increase in temperature.
  • The solubility of Na2SO4 first increases and after 30 °C decreases with the increase in temperature.

This variation in solubility with temperature can be used to separate the salts from the mixture by fractional crystallisation.

Question 6.
Obtain the relationship between freezing point depression of a solution containing nonvolatile nonelectrolyte and its molar mass.
Answer:
The freezing point depression, ΔTf of a solution is directly proportional to molality (m) of the solution.
∴ ΔTf ∝ m
∴ ΔTf = Kf m
where Kf is a molal depression constant.
The molality of a solution is given by,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions 12
If W1 grams of a solvent contain W2 grams of a solute of the molar mass M2, then the molality m of the solution is given by,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions 13
If the weights are expressed in kg then,
ΔTf = Kf × \(\frac{W_{2}}{W_{1} M_{2}}\)
The unit of Kf is K kg mol-1
Hence, from the measurement of the depression in the freezing point of the solution, the molar mass of the substance can be determined.

Question 7.
Explain with diagram the boiling point elevation in terms of vapour pressure lowering.
Answer:
(1) The boiling point of a liquid is the temperature at which the vapour pressure of the liquid becomes equal to the external pressure, generally 1 atm (101.3 × 103 Nm-2).

(2) When a liquid is heated, its vapour pressure rises till it becomes equal to the external pressure.
If the liquid has a low vapour pressure, it has a higher boiling point.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions 14
Vapour pressure curve showing elevation in boiling point

(3) When a nonvolatile solute is added to a solvent, its vapour pressure decreases, hence the boiling point increases.
This is explained by graphical representation of the vapour pressure and the boiling point of the pure solvent and the solution.

If T0 and T are the boiling points of a pure solvent and a solution, then the elevation in the boiling point is given by,
ΔTb = T – T0
The curve AB, represents the variation in the vapour pressure of a pure solvent with temperature while curve CD represents the variation in the vapour pressure of the solution.

(4) This elevation in the boiling point is proportional to the lowering of the vapour pressure, i.e., P0 – P, where P0 and P are the vapour pressures of the pure solvent and the solution.
[ΔTb ∝ (P0 – P) or ΔTb ∝ ΔP]

Question 8.
Fish generally needs O2 concentration in water at least 3.8 mg/L for survival. What partial pressure of O2 above the water is needed for the survival of fish? Given the solubility of O2 in water at 0 °C and 1 atm partial pressure is 2.2 × 10-3 mol/L (0.054 atm)
Answer:
Given : Required concentration of O2
= 3.8 mg/L
= \(\frac{3.8 \times 10^{-3}}{32} \mathrm{~mol} \mathrm{~L}^{-1}\)
Solubility of O2 = 2.2 × 10-3 mol L-1
P = 1 atm
Partial pressure of O2 needed = Po2 = ?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions 15
Pressure needed = Po2 = 0.05397 atm.

Question 9.
The vapour pressure of water at 20 °C is 17 mm Hg. What is the vapour pressure of solution containing 2.8 g urea in 50 g of water? (16.17 mm Hg)
Answer:
Given : Vapour pressure of pure solvent (water) = P0
= 17 mm Hg
Weight of solvent = W1 = 50 g
Weight of solute (urea) = 2.8 g
Molecular weight of a solvent = M1 = 18
Molecular weight of a solute (urea) = M2
= 60 g mol-1
\(\frac{P_{0}-P}{P_{0}}=\frac{W_{2} \times M_{1}}{W_{1} \times M_{2}}\)
∴ \(\frac{17-P}{17}=\frac{2.8 \times 18}{50 \times 60}\) = 0.0168
∴ 17 – P = 17 × 0.0168
17 – P = 0.2856
∴ P= 17 – 0.2856
= 16.7144 mm Hg
Vapour pressure of solution = 16.7144 mm Hg

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions

Question 10.
A 5% aqueous solution (by mass) of cane sugar (molar mass 342 g/mol) has freezing point of 271K. Calculate the freezing point of 5% aqueous glucose solution.
Answer:
Given : W2 = 5 g cane sugar; W1 = 100 – 5 = 95 g
M2 = 342 g mol-1; Tf1 = 271 K;
ΔTf1 = 273 – 271 = 2 K; Tf = ?
W2 = 5 g glucose, W’1 = 100 – 5 = 95 g,
M’2 = 180 g mol-1, ΔTf2 = ?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions 16
= 12.996 K kg mol-1
≅ 13 K kg mol-1
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions 17
∴ Freezing point of solution = Tf
= 273 – 3.801 = 269.2 K
Freezing point of solution = 269.2 K.

Question 11.
A solution of citric acid C6H8O7 in 50 g of acetic acid has a boiling point elevation of 1.76 K. If Kb for acetic acid is 3.07 K kg mol-1, what is the molality of solution?
Answer:
Given : W1 = 50 g acetic acid
ΔTb = 1.76 K
Kb = 3.07 K kg mol-1
m = ?
ΔTb = Kb × m
∴ m = \(\frac{\Delta T_{\mathrm{b}}}{K_{\mathrm{b}}}\)
= \(\frac{1.76}{3.07}\)
= 0.5733 m
Molality of solution = 0.5733 m

Question 12.
An aqueous solution of a certain organic compound has a density of 1.063 gmL-1, an osmotic pressure of 12.16 atm at 25°C and a freezing point of -1.03°C. What is the molar mass of the compound? (334 g/mol)

Question 13.
A mixture of benzene and toluene contains 30% by mass of toluene. At 30°C, vapour pressure of pure toluene is 36.7 mm Hg and that of pure benzene is 118.2 mm Hg. Assuming that the two liquids form ideal solutions, calculate the total pressure and partial pressure of each constituent above the solution at 30°C.
Answer:
Given : 30% by mass of toluene (T) and 70% by mass of benzene (B).
WT = 30 g; WB = 70g
\(P_{\mathrm{T}}^{0}\) = 36.7 mm Hg; \(P_{\mathrm{B}}^{0}\) = 118.2 mm Hg
MT = 92 g mol-1; MB = 78 g mol-1
PT = ?, PB = ?, Psoln = ?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions 18
Total number of moles = nTotal = nT + nB
= 0.326 + 0.8974
= 1.2234 mol

Mole fractions :
xT = \(\frac{n_{\mathrm{T}}}{n_{\text {Total }}}=\frac{0.326}{1.2234}\) = 0.2665
xB = 1 – 0.2665 = 0.7335
Psoln = xT + \(P_{\mathrm{T}}^{0}\) + xB × \(P_{\mathrm{B}}^{0}\)
= 0.2665 × 36.7 + 0.7335 × 118.2
= 9.780 + 86.7
= 96.48 mm Hg

Partial pressures :
PT = xT × Psoln
= 0.2665 × 96.48
= 25.71 mm Hg
PB = xB × Psoln
= 0.7335 × 96.48
= 70.77 mm Hg
Total pressure Psoln = 96.48 mm Hg
Partial pressures : PToluene = 25.71 mm Hg
PBenzene = 70.77 mm Hg

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions

Question 14.
At 25 °C a 0.1 molal solution of CH3COOH is 1.35% dissociated in an aqueous solution. Calculate freezing point and osmotic pressure of the solution assuming molality and molarity to be identical.
Answer:
Given : T = 273 + 25 = 298 K
C = 0.1 m ≅ 0.1 M; Kf = 1.86 K kg mol-1
Per cent dissociation = 1.35
Freezing point = tf = ?
π = ?
α = \(\frac{1.35}{100}\) = 0.0135
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions 19
i = 1 – α + α + α = 1 + α = 1 + 0.0135 = 1.0135
(i) ΔTf = i × Kf × m
= 1.0135 × 1.86 × 0.1
= 0.1885 °C
∴ Freezing point of solution = 0 – 0.1885
= – 0.1885 °C

(ii) n = iCRT
= 1.035 × 0.1 × 0.08206 × 298
= 2.53 atm

(i) Freezing point of solution = – 0.1885 °C
(ii) Osmotic pressure = π = 2.53 atm

Question 15.
A 0.15 m aqueous solution of KCl freezes at -0.510 °C. Calculate i and osmotic pressure at 0 °C. Assume volume of solution equal to that of water.
Answer:
Given : c = 0.15 m KCl ≅ 0.15 M KCl
ΔTf = 0 – Tf = 0 – (-0.510) = 0.510 °C
T = 273 K; Kf = 1.86 K kg mol-1
i = ?; π = ?
ΔTf = i × Kf × m
∴ i = \(\frac{\Delta T_{\mathrm{f}}}{K_{\mathrm{f}} \times m}\)
= \(\frac{0.510}{1.86 \times 0.15}\)
= 1.828
π = iCRT
= 1.828 × 0.15 × 0.08206 × 273
= 6.143 atm
i = 1.828, Osmotic pressure = π = 6.143 atm

12th Chemistry Digest Chapter 2 Solutions Intext Questions and Answers

Can you tell ? (Textbook Page No. 29)

Question 1.
Why naphthalene dissolves in benzene but not in water ?
Answer:
Since naphthalene is a covalent nonpolar substance, it is soluble in a nonpolar solvent like benzene but insoluble in polar solvent like water.

Question 2.
Anhydrous sodium sulphate dissolves in water with the evolution of heat. What is the effect of temperature on its solubility ?
Answer:
Since the dissolution of anhydrous sodium sulphate in water is an exothermic process due to evolution of heat, according to Le Chatelier’s principle its solubility decreases with the increase in temperature.

(Textbook Page No. 42)

Question 1.
If 1.25 m sucrose solution has ΔTf of 2.32 °C, what will be the expected value of ΔTf for 1.25 m CaCl2 solution?
Answer:
Sucrose being nonelectrolyte, it has i = 1 but for CaCl2,
(CaCl2 → Ca2+ + 2Cl) the value of i = 3.
Hence
ΔTf = i × 2.32
= 3 × 2.32
= 6.92 °C
∴ ΔTf = 6.92 °C.

(Textbook Page No. 44)

Question 1.
Which of the following solutions will have maximum boiling point elevation and which have minimum freezing point depression assuming the complete dissociation? (a) 0.1m KCl (b) 0.05 m NaCl (c) 1 m AlPO4 (d) 0.1 m MgSO4.
Solution :
Boiling point elevation and freezing point depression are colligative properties that depend on number of particles in solution. The solution having more number of particles will have large boiling point elevation and that having less number of particles would show minimum freezing point depression.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions 20
AlPO4 solution contains highest moles and hence highest number particles and in turn, the maximum ΔTb. NaCl solution has minimum moles and particles, it has minimum ΔTf.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions

Question 2.
Arrange the following solutions in order of increasing osmotic pressure. Assume complete ionization. (a) 0.5 m Li2SO4 (b) 0.5 m KCl (c) 0.5 m Al2(SO4)3 (d) 0.1 m BaCl2.
Answer:
Consider 1 dm3 of each solution.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions 21
Osmotic pressure being a colligative property, it depends on number of particles in the solution.
Therefore, increasing order of osmotic pressure is,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Solutions 22

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board 12th Chemistry Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State

1. Choose the most correct answer.

Question i.
Molecular solids are
(a) crystalline solids
(b) amorphous solids
(c) ionic solids
(d) metallic solids
Answer:
(b) amorphous solids

Question ii.
Which of the following is an n-type semiconductor?
(a) Pure Si
(b) Si-doped with As
(c) Si-doped with Ga
(d) Ge doped with In
Answer:
(b) Si-doped with As

Question iii.
In Frenkel defect
(a) electrical neutrality of the substance is changed.
(b) density of the substance is changed.
(c) both cation and anion are missing
(d) overall electrical neutrality is preserved
Answer:
(d) overall electrical neutrality is preserved

Question iv.
In crystal lattice formed by bcc unit cell the void volume is
(a) 68%
(b) 74%
(c) 32%
(d) 26%
Answer:
(c) 32%

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State

Question v.
The coordination number of atoms in bcc crystal lattice is
(a) 2
(b) 4
(c) 6
(d) 8
Answer:
(d) 8

Question vi.
Which of the following is not correct ?
(a) Four spheres are involved in the formation of tetrahedral void.
(b) The centres of spheres in octahedral voids are at the a pices of a regular tetrahedron.
(c) If the number of atoms is N the number of octahedral voids is 2N.
(d) If the number of atoms is N/2, the number of tetrahedral voids is N.
Answer:
(c) If the number of atoms is N the number of octahedral voids is 2N.

Question vii.
A compound forms hcp structure. Number of octahedral and tetrahedral voids in 0.5 mole of substance is respectively
(a) 3.011 × 1023, 6.022 × 1023
(b) 6.022 × 1023, 3.011 × 1023
(c) 4.011 × 1023, 2.011 × 1023
(d) 6.011 × 1023, 12.022 × 1023
Answer:
(a) 3.011 × 1023, 6.022 × 1023

Question viii.
Pb has fcc structure with edge length of unit cell 495 pm. Radius of Pb atom is
(a) 205 pm
(b) 185 pm
(c) 260 pm
(d) 175 pm
Answer:
(d) 175 pm

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State

2. Answer the following in one or two sentences.

Question i.
What are the types of particles in each of the four main classes of crystalline solids?
Answer:
The smallest constituents or particles of various solids are atoms, ions or molecules.

Question ii.
Which of the three types of packing used by metals makes the most efficient use of space and which makes the least efficient use ?
Answer:
fcc has the most efficient packing of particles while scc has the least efficient packing.

Question iii.
The following pictures show population of bands for materials having different electrical properties. Classify them as insulator, semiconductor or a metal.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State 1a
Answer:
Picture A represents metal conductor,
Picture B represents insulator,
Picture C represents semiconductor.

Question iv.
What is a unit cell?
Answer:

  • Unit cell : It is the smallest repeating structural unit of a crystalline solid (or crystal lattice) which when repeated in different directions produces the crystalline solid (lattice).
  • The crystal is considered to consist of an infinite number of unit cells.
  • The unit cell possesses all the characteristics of the crystalline solid.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State

Question v.
How does electrical conductivity of a semiconductor change with temperature ? Why?
Answer:

  • Since the energy difference between valence band and conduction band in semiconductor is not large, the electrons from valence band can be promoted to conduction by heating.
  • Hence electrical conductivity of a semiconductor increases with temperature.

Question vi.
The picture represents bands of MOs for Si. Label valence band, conduction band and band gap.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State 2
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State 3

Question vii.
A solid is hard, brittle and electrically non-conductor. Its melt conducts electricity. What type of solid is it?
Answer:
A solid crystalline electrolyte like NaCl is hard, brittle and electrically nonconductor. But its melt conducts electricity.

Question viii.
Mention two properties that are common to both hep and ccp lattices.
Answer:
In hcp and ccp crystal lattices coordination number is 12 and packing efficiency is 74%.

Question ix.
Sketch a tetrahedral void.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State 4

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State

Question x.
What are ferromagnetic substances?
Answer:

  1. The substances which possess unpaired electrons and high paramagnetic character and when placed in a magnetic field are strongly attracted and show permanent magnetic moment even when the external magnetic field is removed are said to be ferromagnetic. They can be permanently magnetised.
  2. In the solid state, the metal ions of ferromagnetic substance are grouped together into small regions called domains, where each domain acts as a tiny magnet.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State 5
For example : Fe, Co, Gd, Ni, CrO2, etc.

3. Answer the following in brief.

Question i.
What are valence band and conduction band?
Answer:
There are two types of bands of molecular orbitals as follows :

  • Valence band : The atomic orbitals with filled electrons from the inner shells form valence bands, where there are no free mobile electrons since they are involved in bonding.
  • Conduction band : Atomic orbitals which are partially filled or empty on overlapping form closely placed molecular orbitals giving conduction bands where electrons are delocalised and can conduct, heat and electricity.

Question ii.
Distinguish between ionic solids and molecular solids.
Answer:

Type/ Property Ionic solids Molecular solids
1. Particles of unit cell Cations and anions Monoatomic or polyatomic molecules
2. Interparticle forces Electrostatic London, dipole-dipole forces and/or hydrogen bonds
3. Hardness Hard and brittle Soft
4. Melting points High 600 °C to 3000 °C Low (-272 °C to 400 °C)
5. Thermal and electrical conductivity Poor electrical conductors in solid state. Good conductors when melted or dissolved in water. Poor conductor of heat and electricity
6. Examples NaCl, CaF2 ice, benzoic acid

Question iii.
Calculate the number of atoms in fcc unit cell.
Answer:
Number of atoms in face-centred cubic (fcc) unit cell :
In this unit cell, there are 8 atoms at 8 corners and 6 atoms at 6 face centres. Each corner contributes 1/8th atom to the unit cell, hence due to 8 corners,
Number of atoms = \(\frac {1}{8}\) × 8 = 1.
Each face centre contributes half of the atom to the unit cell, hence due to 6 face centres,
Number of atoms = \(\frac {1}{2}\) × 6 = 3.
∴ Total number of atoms present in fee unit cell = 1 + 3 = 4.
Hence the volume of the unit cell is equal to the volume of four atoms.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State 6
Face centered unit cell

Question iv.
How are the spheres arranged in first layer of simple cubic close-packed structures? How are the successive layers of spheres placed above this layer ?
Answer:
(i) Stacking of square close packed layers :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State 7
Stacking of square close packed layers

In this arrangement, the two dimensional AAAA type square closed packed layers are placed one over the other in such a way that the crests of all spheres are in contact with successive layers in all directions. All spheres of different layers are perfectly aligned horizontally and vertically forming unit cells having primitive or simple cubic structure. Since all the layers are identical and if each layer is labelled as layer A, then whole three dimensional crystal lattice will be of AAAA… type.

Each sphere is in contact with six surrounded spheres, hence the coordination number of each sphere is six.

(ii) Stacking of two hexagonal close packed layers :
A close packed three dimensional structure can be generated by arranging hexagonal close packed layers in a particular manner.

In this the spheres of second layer are placed in the depression of the first layer.
In this if first layer is labelled as A then second layer is labelled as B since they are aligned differently.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State 8
Two layers of closed packed spheres

In this, all triangular voids of the first layers are not covered by the spheres of the second layer. The triangular voids which are covered by second layer spheres generate tetrahedral void which is surrounded by four spheres. The triangular voids in one layer have above them triangular voids of successive layers.

The overlapping triangular voids from two layers together form an octahedral void which is surrounded by six spheres.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State

Question v.
Calculate the packing efficiency of metal crystal that has simple cubic structure.
Answer:
Step 1 : Radius of sphere : In simple cubic lattice, the atoms (spheres) are present at eight corners and in contact along the edge in the unit cell.
If ‘a’ is the edge length of the unit cell and ‘r’ is the radius of the atom, then
a = 2r or r = a/2
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State 9
scc structure

Step 2 : Volume of sphere :
Volume of one particle = \(\frac{4 \pi}{3}\) × r3
= \(\frac{4 \pi}{3}\) × (a/2)3 = \(\frac{\pi a^{3}}{6}\)

Step 3 : Total volume of particles : Since the unit cell contains one particle. Volume occupied by one particle in unit cell = \(\frac{\pi a^{3}}{6}\)

Step 4 : Packing efficiency :
Packing efficiency
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State 10
∴ Packing efficiency = 52.36%
Percentage of void space = 100 – 52.36
= 47.64%

Question vi.
What are paramagnetic substances? Give examples.
Answer:
(1) The magnetic properties of a substance arise due to the presence of electrons.
(2) An electron while revolving around the nucleus, also spins around its own axis and generates a magnetic moment and magnetic properties.
(3) If an atom or a molecule contains one or more unpaired electrons spinning in same direction, clockwise or anticlockwise, then the substance is associated with net magnetic moment and magnetic properties. They experience a net force of attraction when placed in the magnetic field. This phenomenon is called paramagnetism and the substance is said to be paramagnetic.
For example, O2, Cu2+, Fe3+ , Cr3+ , NO, etc.

Question vii.
What are the consequences of Schottky defect?
Answer:
Consequences of Schottky defect :

  • Since the number of ions (cations and anions) decreases but volume remains unchanged, the density of a substance decreases.
  • As the number of missing cations and anions is equal, the electrical neutrality of the compound remains same.
  • This defect arises in ionic crystals like NaCl, AgBr, KCl, etc.

Question viii.
Cesium chloride crystallizes in cubic unit cell with Cl ions at the corners and Cs+ ion in the centre of the cube. How many CsCl molecules are there in the unit cell ?
Answer:
Number of Cs+ ion at body centre = 1
Number of Cl ions due to 8 comers = 8 × \(\frac {1}{8}\) = 1
Hence unit cell contains 1 CsCl molecule.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State

Question ix.
Cu crystallizes in fee unit cell with edge length of 495 pm. What is the radius of Cu atom ?
Answer:
Given : a = 495 pm
Radius, r = ?
For fee structure,
radius = r = \(\frac{a}{2 \sqrt{2}}=\frac{495}{2 \times \sqrt{2}}\) = 175 cm.
Radius of Cu atom = 175 pm

Question x.
Obtain the relationship between density of a substance and the edge length of unit cell.
Answer:
(1) Consider a cubic unit cell of edge length ‘a’.
The volume of unit cell = a3

(2) If there are ‘n’ particles per unit cell and the mass of particle is ‘m’, then
Mass of unit cell = m × n.

(3) If the density of the unit cell of the substance is p then
Density of unit cell = \(\frac{\text { Mass of unit cell }}{\text { Volume of unit cell }}\)
ρ = \(\frac{m \times n}{a^{3}}\)

Question 4.
The density of iridium is 22.4 g/cm3. The unit cell of iridium is fcc. Calculate the radius of iridium atom. Molar mass of iridium is 192.2 g/mol.
Answer:
Given : Crystal structure of iridium = fcc
Molar mass of iridium = 192.2 gmol-1
Density = ρ = 22.4 gcm-3
Radius of iridium = ?
In fcc structure, there are 8 Ir atoms at 8 comers and 6 Ir atoms at 6 face centres.
∴ Total number of Ir atoms = \(\frac {1}{8}\) × 8 + \(\frac {1}{2}\) × 6
= 1 + 3
= 4
Mass of Ir atom = \(\frac{192.2}{6.022 \times 10^{23}}\)
= 31.92 × 10-23 g
∴ Mass of 4 Ir atoms = 4 × 31.92 × 10-23
= 1.277 × 10-21 g
∴ Mass of unit cell = 1.277 × 10-21 g
Density of unit cell = \(\frac{\text { Mass of unit cell }}{\text { Volume of unit cell }}\)
22.4 = \(\frac{1.277 \times 10^{-21}}{a^{3}}\)
∴ a3 = \(\frac{1.277 \times 10^{-21}}{22.4}\)
= 57 × 10-24 cm3
∴ a = (57 × 10-24)3 = 3.848 × 10-8 cm
If r is the radius of iridium atom, then for fcc structure,
r = \(\frac{a}{2 \sqrt{2}}\)
= \(\frac{3.848 \times 10^{-8}}{2 \times 1.414}\)
= 1.36 × 10-8 cm
= 136 pm
Radius of iridium atom = 136 pm

Question 5.
Aluminium crystallizes in cubic close packed structure with unit cell edge length of 353.6 pm. What is the radius of Al atom ? How many unit cells are there in 1.00 cm3 of Al ?
Answer:
Given : Structure of Al
= Cubic close packed structure
= ccp structure
Edge length of unit cell = a = 353.6 pm
= 3.536 × 10-8 cm
r = ?
Number of unit cells in 1.00 cm3 of Al = ?
Radius of Al atom = r = \(\frac{a}{2 \sqrt{2}}=\frac{353.6}{2 \sqrt{2}}\)
= \(\frac{353.6}{2 \times 1.414}\) = 125 pm
Volume of one unit cell = a3 = (3.536 × 10-8)3
= 4.421 × 10-23 cm3
Number of unit cells = \(\frac{1.00}{4.421 \times 10^{-23}}\)
= 2.26 × 1022
Radius of Al atom = 125 pm
Number of unit cells = 2.26 × 1022

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State

Question 6.
In an ionic crystalline solid atoms of element Y form hcp lattice. The atoms of element X occupy one third of tetrahedral voids. What is the formula of the compound?
Answer:
In the given hcp lattice, Y atoms are present at 12 corners and 2 face centres.
∴ Number of Y atoms = \(\frac {1}{2}\) × 12 + 2 × \(\frac {1}{2}\) = 3
There are 6 tetrahedral voids, the number of X atoms = \(\frac {1}{3}\) × 6 = 2
∴ Formula of the compound is X2Y3.

Question 7.
How are tetrahedral and octahedral voids formed?
Answer:
Tetrahedral void : The vacant space or void among four constituent particles having tetrahedral arrangement in the crystal lattice is called tetrahedral void.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State 11
The arrangement of four spheres around the void is tetrahedral. A tetrahedral void is formed when a triangular void made by three coplanar spheres is in contact with fourth sphere above or below it.

Octahedral void : The vacant space or void at the centre of six spheres (or atoms) which are placed octahedrally is called octahedral void.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State 12

Question 8.
Third layer of spheres is added to second layer so as to form hcp or ccp structure. What is the difference between the addition of third layer to form these hexagonal close-packed structures?
Answer:

  1. In the formation of hexagonal closed-packed (hcp) structure, the first one dimensional row shows depressions between neighbouring atoms.
  2. When a second row is arranged so that spheres fit in these depressions then a staggered arrangement is obtained. If the first row is A then the second row is B.
  3. When third row is placed in staggered manner in contact with second row then A type arrangement is obtained.
  4. Similarly, the spheres in fourth row can be arranged as B type layer. This results in ABAB… type setting of the layers. This gives hexagonal close packing (hcp) structure.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State 13
Hexagonal close packing (hcp)

Question 9.
An element with molar mass 27 g/mol forms cubic unit cell with edge length of 405 pm. If density of the element is 2.7 g/cm3, what is the nature of cubic unit cell ? (fcc or ccp)
Answer:
Given : Molar mass = M = 27 g mol-1
Nature of crystal = cubic unit cell
Edge length = a = 405 pm = 4.05 × 10-8 cm
Density = ρ = 2.7 g cm-3
Nature of unit cell = ?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State 14
= 3.997
≅ 4
Hence the nature of unit cell = face-centred cubic unit cell
Radius of Al atom = 125 pm
The nature of cubic unit cell is fcc.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State

Question 10.
An element has a bcc structure with unit cell edge length of 288 pm. How many unit cells and number of atoms are present in 200 g of the element? (1.16 × 1024, 2.32 × 1024)

Question 11.
Distinguish with the help of diagrams metal conductors, insulators and semiconductors from each other.
Answer:
Conductor:

  1. A substance which conducts heat and electricity to a greater extent is called conductor.
  2. In this, conduction bands and valence bands overlap or are very closely spaced.
  3. There is no energy difference or very less energy difference between valence bands and conduction bands.
  4. There are free electrons in the conduction bands.
  5. The conductance decreases with the increase in temperature.
  6. E.g., Metals, alloys.
  7. The conducting properties can’t be improved by adding third substance.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State 15 b

Insulator:

  1. A substance which cannot conduct heat and electricity under any conditions is called insulator.
  2. In this, conduction bands and valence bands are far apart.
  3. The energy difference between conduction bands and valence bands is very large.
  4. There are no free electrons in the conduction bands and electrons can’t be excited from valence bands to conduction bands due to large energy difference.
  5. No effect of temperature on conducting properties.
  6. E.g., Wood, rubber, plastics.
  7. No effect of addition of any substance.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State 24

Semiconductor:

  1. A substance that has poor electrical conductance at low temperature but higher conductance at higher temperature is called semiconductor.
  2. In this, conduction bands and valence bands are spaced closely.
  3. The energy difference between conduction bands and valence bands is small.
  4. The electrons can be easily excited from valence bands to conduction bands by heating.
  5. Conductance increases with the increase in temperature.
  6. E.g., Si, Ge
  7. By doping, conducting properties improve. E.g. n-type, p-type semiconductors.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State 25

Question 12.
What are n-type semiconductors? Why is the conductivity of doped n-type semiconductor higher than that of pure semiconductor ? Explain with diagram.
Answer:
n-type semiconductor:

  • n-type semiconductor contains increased number of electrons in the conduction band.
  • When Si semiconductor is doped with 15th group element phosphorus, P, the new atoms occupy some vacant sites in the lattice in place of Si atoms.
  • P has five valence electrons, out of which four are involved in covalent bonding with neighboring Si atoms while one electrons remains free and delocalised.
  • These free electrons increase the electrical conductivity of the semiconductor.
  • The semiconductors with extra non-bonding free electrons are called n-type semiconductors.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State 16
P atom occupying regular site of Si atom

Question 13.
Explain with diagram. Frenkel defect. What are the conditions for its formation? What is its effect on density and electrical neutrality of the crystal?
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State 17

  1. Frenkel defect : This defect arises when an ion of an ionic compound is missing from its regular site and occupies interstitial vacant position between lattice points.
  2. Cations have smaller size than anions, hence generally cations occupy the interstitial sites.
  3. This creates a vacancy defect at its original position and interstitial defect at new position.
  4. Frenkel defect is regarded as the combination of interstitial defect and vacancy defect.

Conditions for the formation of Frenkel defect :

  1. This defect arises in ionic compounds with a large difference between the sizes of cation and anion.
  2. The ionic compounds must have ions with low coordination number.

Consequences of Frenkel defect :

  1. Since there is no loss of ions from the crystal lattice, the density of the solid remains unchanged.
  2. The crystal remains electrically neutral.
  3. This defect is observed in ZnS, AgCl, AgBr, Agl, CaF2, etc.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State

Question 14.
What is an impurity defect? What are its types? Explain the formation of vacancies through aliovalent impurity with example.
Answer:
Impurity defect : This defect arises when foreign atoms, that is, atoms different from the host atoms are present in the crystal lattice.

There are two types of impurity defects namely

  1. Substitutional defects and
  2. Interstitial defects.

(1) Substitutional defects : These defects arises when foreign atoms occupy the lattice sites in place of host atoms, due to their displacements.
Examples : Solid solutions of metals (alloys). For example. Brass in which host atoms are of Cu which are replaced by impurity of Zn atoms. In this Zn atoms occupy regular sites while Cu atoms occupy substituted sites.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State 18
Brass

Vacancy through aliovalent impurity :
By addition of impurities of aliovalent ions :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State 19
Vacancy through aliovalent ion

When aliovalent ion like Sr2+ in small amount is added by additing SrCl2 to NaCl during its crystallisation, each Sr2+ ion (oxidation state 2+) removes 2 Na+ ions from their lattice points, to maintain electrical neutrality. Hence one of vacant lattice site is occupied by Sr2+ ion while other site remains vacant.

Interstitial impurity defect :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State 20
Stainless steel

A defect in solid in which the impurity atoms occupy interstitial vacant spaces of lattice structure is called interstitial impurity defect.

For example, in steel, normal lattice sites are occupied by Fe atoms but interstitial spaces are occupied by carbon atoms.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State

12th Chemistry Digest Chapter 1 Solid State Intext Questions and Answers

Try this… (Textbook Page No. 1)

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State 21
Observe the above figure carefully. The two types of circles in this figure represent two types of constituent particles of a solid.

Question 1.
Will you call the arrangement of particles in this solid regular or irregular ?
Answer:
The arrangement of particles in this solid is regular.

Question 2.
Is the arrangement of constituent particles in directions \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{A B}}\), \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{C D}}\) and \(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{E F}}\) same or different?
Answer:
\(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{A B}}\) represents arrangement of identical particles of one type.
\(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{C D}}\) represents arrangement of identical particles of another type.
\(\overrightarrow{\mathbf{E F}}\) represents regular arrangement of two different particles in alternate positions.

Use your brain power ! (Textbook Page No. 2)

Question 1.
Identify the arrangements A and B as crystalline or amorphous.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State 22
Answer:
Arrangement in image A indicates the substance is crystalline.
Arrangement in image B indicates the substance is amorphous.

Try this… (Textbook Page No. 3)

Question 1.
Graphite is a covalent solid yet soft and good conductor of electricity. Explain.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Solid State 23

  1. Each carbon atom in graphite is sp2 hybridised and covalently bonded to other three sp2 hybridised carbon atoms forming σ bonds and the fourth electron in 2pz orbital of each carbon atom is used in the formation of a π bond. This results in the formation of hexagonal rings in two dimensions.
  2. In graphite, the layers consisting of hexagonal carbon network are held together by weak van der Waal’s forces imparting softness.
  3. The electrons in π bonds in the ring are delocalised and free to move in the delocalised molecular orbitals giving good electrical conductance.

Use your brain power ! (Textbook Page No. 13)

Question 1.
Which of the three lattices scc, bcc and fcc has the most efficient packing of particles ? Which one has the least efficient packing ?
Answer:
fcc has the most efficient packing of particles while see has the least efficient packing.

Can you think ? (Textbook Page No. 20)

Question 1.
When ZnO is heated it turns yellow and returns back to original white colour on cooling. What could be the reason ?
Answer:
When colourless ZnO is strongly heated, the metal atoms are deposited on crystal surface and anions O2- migrate to the surface producing vacancies at anion lattice points.

These anions combine with Zn atoms forming ZnO and release electrons.
Zn + O2- → ZnO + 2e

These released electrons diffuse into the crystal and occupy vacant sites of anions and produce F- centres. Due to these colour centres, ZnO turns yellow.

Can you tell ? (Textbook Page No. 23)

Let a small quantity of phosphorus be doped into pure silicon.

Question 1.
Will the resulting material contain the same number of total number of electrons as the original pure silicon ?
Answer:
Total number of electrons in doped silicon will be more than in original silicon.

Question 2.
Will the material be electrically neutral or charged ?
Answer:
Material will be electrically neutral.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board 12th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics Important Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board 12th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Question 1.
What is chemical kinetics?
Answer:
Chemical kinetics is a branch of physical chemistry which involves the study of the rates and mechanisms of chemical reactions and the influence of various factors like temperature, pressure, catalyst, etc., on the rates of reactions.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Question 2.
What is the importance of chemical kinetics?
Answer:

  • It deals with the study of the rates and mechanism of reactions.
  • The effect of temperature on the reaction rates can be studied.
  • The influence of catalysts can be studied.
  • The conditions for altering the rates and mechanisms of chemical reactions can be predicted.
  • Thermodynamic parameters like energy, enthalpy changes, Δ5, ΔG of the reactions can be calculated.

Question 3.
How are reactions classified according to their rates? Give one example of each.
Answer:
According to the rates of the reactions, they can be classified as :
(1) Fast reactions,
(2) Very slow reactions,
(3) Moderately slow reactions.

(1) Fitst actions : In this, reactants react almost instantaneously, e.g., neutralisation reaction between H+ and OH-, forming water.
\(\mathrm{H}_{(\mathrm{xa})}^{+}+\mathrm{OH}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{-} \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_{2} \mathrm{O}_{0 \mathrm{D}}\)

(2) Very slow reactions : In this, the reactants react extremely slow, so that there is no appreciable change in the concentrations of the reactants over a long period of time. E.g., reaction of silica with mineral acids, rusting of iron, etc.

(3) Moderately slow reactions : In this, the reactants react moderately slow with a measurable velocity, e.g., the hydrolysis of the esters.
\(\begin{aligned}
\mathrm{CH}_{3} \mathrm{COOC}_{2} \mathrm{H}_{5}+\mathrm{H}_{2} \mathrm{O} \stackrel{\mathrm{H}^{+}}{\longrightarrow} \mathrm{CH}_{3} \mathrm{COOH} \\
&+\mathrm{C}_{2} \mathrm{H}_{5} \mathrm{OH}
\end{aligned}\)

Question 4.
Define rate of a reaction.
Answer:
Definition : The rate of a chemical reaction is defined as the change in the concentration of the reactants or products per unit time.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 2
It is often expressed in mol dm-3s-1.

Question 5.
Explain the following :
(A) Rate of the reaction in terms of the concentration of the reactants.
(B) Rate of reaction in terms of the concentration of the products.
Answer:
(A) Rate of the reaction in terms of the concentration of the reactants :
If c1 and c2 are the concentrations of the reactant A at time t1 and t2 respectively, then, the change in concentration, Δc = c2 – c1
Since c2 < c1, the term Δc is negative often written as – Δc.
The time interval is, Δt – t2 – t1
If Δ [A] is the change in concentration of A, then A[A] = C2 – C1
∴ Rate of the reaction = \(\mathrm{A}=\frac{-\Delta[\mathrm{A}]}{\Delta t}\)
∴ Rate of the reaction = \(\frac{-\Delta c}{\Delta t}\)

(B) Rate of the reaction in terms of the concentration of the products :
If x1 and x2 are the concentrations of the product B at time t1 and t2 respectively, then the change in concentration, Δx = x2 – x1.

∴ x2 > x1, the term Δx is positive.
The time interval is, Δt = t2 – t1

If Δ B is the change in concentration of product B, then Δ[B] = x2 – x1 = Δx
∴ Rate of formation of \(\mathrm{B}=+\frac{\Delta[\mathrm{B}]}{\Delta t}\)
∴ Rate of the reaction \(=\frac{\Delta x}{\Delta t}\)

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Question 6.
What are the units of rate of a chemical reaction?
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 3
∴ The unit of the rate of a chemical reaction : mol L-1 3t-1 or mol dm-3s-1 (According to IUPAC, the rate of a chemical reaction should be expressed in mol m-3s-1 [SI unit]).

Question 7.
Mention the factors that affect the rate of a chemical reaction.
Answer:
The rate of a chemical reaction depends on the following factors :

  • Nature of the reactants.
  • The concentration of the reactants. In case of a gaseous reaction the rate depends on the pressures of the reactants.
  • Temperature of the reaction.
  • The presence of a catalyst and its nature.

Question 8.
Explain the term Average rate of a reaction.
Answer:
In chemical kinetics the rate of a reaction is measured in terms of the changes in the concentrations of the reactants or the products per unit time. Average rate of a chemical reaction : It is expressed as a finite change in concentration (- Δc) of the reactant divided by the time interval (Δt) for the change in concentration.

Consider a reaction,
A → B
The rate of a reaction, \(R=\frac{-\Delta[\mathrm{A}]}{\Delta t}=\frac{-\Delta c}{\Delta t}=\frac{c_{2}-c_{1}}{t_{2}-t_{1}}\)
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 4
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 5
∴ Average rate \(=\frac{-\Delta[\mathrm{A}]}{\Delta t}\) (in mol dm-3s-1)

Δc is negative, since the concentrartion of the reactant decreases with the time.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 6
The rate of a reaction is also measured in terms of a finite change in the concentration (Δx) of the product divided by the time interval (Δt), for the change.

For the reaction,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 7

Question 9.
Explain the term Instantaneous rate of a reaction.
Answer:
Instantaneous rate of a reaction : It is defined as a rate of a reaction at a specific instant during a course of the reaction.

If the average reaction rate is calculated over shorter and shorter intervals (making Δt very small) then instantaneous rate is obtained.

In case of reactant A, the instantaneous rate is represented as, \(R=\frac{-d[\mathrm{~A}]}{d t}\) and in case of product B, it is represented as \(R=\frac{+d[B]}{d t}\)

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Question 10.
Define :
(a) Average rate of reaction.
(b) Instantaneous rate of reaction.
Answer:
(a) Average rate of a chemical reaction : It is expressed as a finite change in concentration (- Δc) of the reactant divided by the time interval (Δt) for the change in concentration.

∴ Average rate, \(R=\frac{-\Delta c}{\Delta t}\)

(b) Instantaneous rate of reaction : It is defined as a rate of a reaction at a specific instant during a course of the reaction.

Instantaneous rate \(=\frac{-d c}{d t}\)

Question 11.
Represent the average rates of the following reaction. N2(g) + 3H2(g) → 2NH3(g).
Answer:
For the reation,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 12
This is because the rate of consumption of H2 is thrice the rate of consumption of N2 while the rate of formation of NH3 will be twice the rate of consumption of N2.

Question 12.
Express the rate of a reaction in terms of change in concentration of each constituent in the following reaction : aA+bB → cC+ dD
Answer:
The rate of a reaction may be expressed in terms of decrease in the concentration of the reactants or in-crease in the concentration of the product per unit time,

∴ For the given reaction, aA T bB → cC +dD
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 13

Question 13.
For a hypothetical reaction, A + 2B → products, the concentration of A and B at different intervals of time are given in the following table. Find the rates of the reaction in terms of concentration changes in A and B.

The equilibrium concentration of A and B at different time intervals :

Time t/minute [A]/mol L-1 [B]/ml L-1
0 1.000 2.000
10 0.534 1.068
20 0.342 0.360
30 0.180 0.360

Answer:
Rate of a reaction = \(\frac{-\Delta[\mathrm{A}]}{\Delta t}=-\frac{1}{2} \frac{\Delta[\mathrm{B}]}{\Delta t}\)
(1) Over time interval from O to 10 minutes
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 14
(Note that the rate of a reaction in terms of changes in concentration of any reactant or product at the given time remains the same.)

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

(2) Over the time interval from 10 to 20 minutes,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 15

Question 14.
Show that the rate of reaction is the same whether expressed in terms of the rate of consumption of any reactant or of the formation of any product.
2N2O5(g) → 4NO2(g) + O2(g)
The concentrations of reactants and products at different time intervals are given in the following table :
Concentrations of various species at different times for the reaction N2O5(g) → 4NO2(g) + O2(g) :

Time/s [N2O5]/M [NO2]/M [O2]/M
0 0.0300 0 0
200 0.0213 0.0174 0.00435
400 0.0152 0.0296 0.00740
600 0.0108 0.0384  0.00960

Answer:
The rate of the reaction can be expressed in terms of rate of consumption of reactants or rate of formation of products.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 16
Consider concentrations at time t1 = 200 seconds and t2 = 400 seconds
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 17
The constant values of rate of reaction proves that the rate of the reaction may be measured in terms of concentration changes of reactants or products per unit time.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Question 15.
Define Rate law (or differential rate law).
Answer:
Rate law (or differential rate law) : It is defined as an experimentally determined mathematical equation which expresses the rate of a chemical reaction in terms of molar concentrations of the reactants which influence the rate of the reaction. For example, for a reaction, A + B → Products By rate law, Rate = R = k[A] x [B] where k is a rate constant and [Al and [B] are molar concentrations of the reactants A and B respectively.

Question 16.
Give examples of rate law with illustrations.
Answer:
Consider following examples :
(i) H2(g) + I2(g) → 2HI(g)
R = k[H2] [I2]

(ii) 2H2O2(g) → 2H2O(I) + O2(g)
Experimentally it is observed that the rate of the reaction is proportional to the concentration of H2O2.
∴ R = k [H2O2]

(iii) NO2(g) + CO(g) → NO(g) + CO2(g)
Experimentally it is observed that rate of the reaction does not depend on the concentration of CO but it is proportional to [NO2]2.
∴ R = k[NO2]2

Question 17.
What are the applications of the rate law?
Answer:

  • The rate of any reaction at the given concentration can be measured by knowing the rate law and the rate constant.
  • The concentration of the reactants or the products at any instant during the progress of a reaction can be estimated with the help of rate law and the rate constant.
  • The mechanisms of simple or complex chemical reactions can be predicted and studied.

Question 18.
Define the rate constant. What are the factors which influence the rate constant of a chemical reaction?
Answer:
(A) Rate constant : The rate constant of a chemical reaction is defined as the rate of the chemical reaction when the concentration (or active masses) of each reactant has unit value, i.e., 1 mol dm-3 in the case of solution and the pressure is 1 atm in case of gases, e.g., for a reaction, A → products, Rate R = k[A].

If [A] = 1 mol dm-3, then k = R.

(B) The rate constant of a reaction depends on the following factors:

  • Nature of the reactants.
  • Temperature of the reaction. As the temperature increases, the velocity constant (rate constant) increases.
  • The conditions of the reactions like the presence of the catalyst, solvent, pH, etc.
  • It does not depend on the concentration of the reactants. But if one or more substances are in excess concentration, then the order of the reaction is independent of them.

Question 19.
What are the characteristics of rate constant?
Answer:
The characteristics of rate constant are as follows :

  • The rate constant depends upon the nature of the reaction.
  • Higher the value of the rate constant, faster is the reaction.
  • Lower the value of the rate constant, slower is the reaction.
  • By increasing the temperature, the magnitude of the rate constant increases.
  • For the given reaction, the rate constant has higher value in the presence of a catalyst than in the absence of the catalyst.
  • The reactions having lower activation energy have higher values for rate constants.

Solved Examples 6.2 – 6.3.2

Question 20.
Solve the following :

(1) Write the rate expressions for the following reactions in terms of rate of consumption of the reactants and the rate of formation of the products.
(i) 2NO(g) + O2(g) → 2NO2(g)
(ii) H2(g) + I2(g) → 2HI(g)
Solution :
(i) Given : 2NO(g) + O2(g) → 2NO2(g)
Rate of consumption of NO at time \(t=\frac{-d[\mathrm{NO}]}{d t}\)
Rate of consumption of O2 at time \(t=\frac{-d\left[\mathrm{O}_{2}\right]}{d t}\)
Rate of formation of NO2 at time \(t=\frac{d\left[\mathrm{NO}_{2}\right]}{d t}\)
Rate of the reaction \(=-\frac{1}{2} \frac{d[\mathrm{NO}]}{d t}=\frac{-d\left[\mathrm{O}_{2}\right]}{d t}\)
\(=\frac{1}{2} \frac{d\left[\mathrm{NO}_{2}\right]}{d t}\)

(ii) Given : H2(g) + I2(g) → 2HI(g)
Rate of consumption of H2 at time \(t=\frac{-d\left[\mathrm{H}_{2}\right]}{d t}\)
Rate of consumption of I2 at time \(t=\frac{-d\left[\mathrm{I}_{2}\right]}{d t}\)
Rate of formation of HI at time \(t=\frac{d[\mathrm{HI}]}{d t}\)
∴ Rate of reaction at any time t \(=-\frac{d\left[\mathrm{H}_{2}\right]}{d t}=-\frac{d\left[\mathrm{I}_{2}\right]}{d t}=\frac{1}{2} \frac{d[\mathrm{HI}]}{d t}\)

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

(2) The gas-phase reaction between NO and Br2 is represented by the equation. 2NO(g) + Br2(g) → 2NOBr(g)
(a) Write the expressions for the rate of consumption of reactants and formation of products.
(b) Write the expression for the rate of overall reaction in terms of rates of consumption of reactants and formation of products.
Solution :
Given : 2NO(g) + Br2(g) → 2NOBr(g)
(a) Rate of consumption of NO at time t \(=-\frac{d[\mathrm{NO}]}{d t}\)
Rate of consumption of Br2 at time t \(=\frac{-d\left[\mathrm{Br}_{2}\right]}{d t}\)
Rate of formation of NOBr at time \(t=\frac{d[\mathrm{NOBr}]}{d t}\)
(b) Rate of reaction \(=-\frac{1}{2} \frac{d[\mathrm{NO}]}{d t}=\frac{-d\left[\mathrm{Br}_{2}\right]}{d t}\)
\(=\frac{1}{2} \frac{d[\mathrm{NOBr}]}{d t}\)

(3) The decomposition of N2Os is represented by the equation
2N2O5(g) → 4NO2(g) + O2(g)
(a) How is the rate of formation of NO2 related to the rate of formation of O2?
(b) How is the rate of formation of O2 related to the rate of consumption of N2O5?
Solution :
Given : 2N2O5(g) → 4NO2(g) + O2(g)
(a) Rate of formation of NO2 at time \(t=\frac{d\left[\mathrm{NO}_{2}\right]}{d t}\)
Rate of formation of O2 at time \(t=\frac{d\left[\mathrm{O}_{2}\right]}{d t}\)

They are related to each other through rate of reaction.
∴ Rate of reaction \(=\frac{1}{4} \frac{d\left[\mathrm{NO}_{2}\right]}{d t}=\frac{d\left[\mathrm{O}_{2}\right]}{d t}\)

(b) Rate of consumption of N2O5 at time t \(=-\frac{d\left[\mathrm{~N}_{2} \mathrm{O}_{5}\right]}{d t}\)

Rate of reaction \(=-\frac{1}{2} \frac{d\left[\mathrm{~N}_{2} \mathrm{O}_{5}\right]}{d t}=\frac{d\left[\mathrm{O}_{2}\right]}{d t}\)

In general,
Rate of reaction \(=-\frac{1}{2} \frac{d\left[\mathrm{~N}_{2} \mathrm{O}_{5}\right]}{d t}=\frac{1}{4} \frac{d\left[\mathrm{NO}_{2}\right]}{d t}=\frac{d\left[\mathrm{O}_{2}\right]}{d t}\)

(4) Nitric oxide reacts with H2 according to the reaction. 2NO(g) + 2H2(g) → N2(g) + 2H2O(g)
What is the relationship among \(\frac{d[\mathrm{NO}]}{d t}=\frac{d\left[\mathrm{H}_{2}\right]}{d t}=\frac{d\left[\mathrm{~N}_{2}\right]}{d t} \text { and } \frac{d\left[\mathrm{H}_{2} \mathrm{O}\right]}{d t} ?\)
Solution :
Given : 2NO(g) + 2H2(g) → N2(g) + 2H2O(g)
The relationship among the rate of consumption of the reactants and the rate of formation of products is as follows :

Rate of reaction :
\(R=-\frac{1}{2} \frac{d[\mathrm{NO}]}{d t}=-\frac{1}{2} \frac{d\left[\mathrm{H}_{2}\right]}{d t}=\frac{d\left[\mathrm{~N}_{2}\right]}{d t}=\frac{1}{2} \frac{d\left[\mathrm{H}_{2} \mathrm{O}\right]}{d t}\)

(5) The rate of decomposition of N2Os was studied in liquid bromine,
2N2O5(g) → 4NO2(g) + O2(g)
If at a certain time, the rate of disappearance of N2O5 is 0.015 Ms-1 find the rates of formation of NO2 and O2. What is the rate of the reaction at this instant?
Solution :
Given : 2N2O5(g) → 4NO2(g) + O2(g)
Rate of disappearance of N2O5 = 0.015 M s-1
Rate of formation of NO2 =?
Rate of formation of O2 =?
Rate of reaction = ?
Rate of disappearance of \(\mathrm{N}_{2} \mathrm{O}_{5}=\frac{-d\left[\mathrm{~N}_{2} \mathrm{O}_{5}\right]}{d t}\)
= 0.015 M s-1

Since 4 moles of NO2 are formed from 2 moles of N2O5 Rate of formation of NO2Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 21
Answer:
Rate of formation of NO2 = 0.03 Ms-1
Rate of formation of O2 = 0.0075 M s-1
Rate of reaction = 0.0075 Ms-1.

(6) In the reaction, PCl5(g) → PCl3(g) + CI2(g), at a particular moment, the rate of disappearance of PCl5 is 0.015 Ms-1. What are the rates of formation of PCI3 and Cl2?
Solution :
Given : PCl5(g) → PCl3(g) + Cl2(g)
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 22
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 23
Answer:
Rate of formation of PCl3 = 0.015 Ms-1
Rate of formation of Cl2 = 0.015 Ms-1

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

(7) In the reaction, 2N3O5(g) → 4NO2(g) + O2(g), at a certain time, the rate of formation of NO2 is 0. 04 Ms-1. Find the rate of consumption of N2O5, rate of formation of O2 and the rate of the reaction.
Solution :
Given : 2N2O5(g) → 4NO2(g) + O2(g)
Rate of formation of NO2 = \(\frac{d\left[\mathrm{NO}_{2}\right]}{d t}\) = 0.04 Ms-1

From the reaction, rate of consumption of N2O5 is half the rate of formation of NO2 since when 2 moles of N2O5 are consumed, 4 moles of NO2 are formed.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 24
Rate of formation of O2 is one-fourth rate of formation of NO2.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 25
Answer:
(i) Rate of consumption of N2O5
(ii) Rate of formation of O2 = 0.01 Ms-1
(iii) Rate of reaction = 0.01 Ms-1

(8) Consider the reaction 2A + B → 2C. Suppose that at a particular moment during the reaction, rate of disappearance of A is 0.076 M/s,
(a) What is the rate of formation of C?
(b) What is the rate of consumption of B?
(c) What is the rate of the reaction?
Solution :
Given : 2A + B → 2C
Rate of disappearance of A = 0.076 Ms-1
(a) Rate of formation of C =?
(b) Rate of consumption of B =?
(c) Rate of reaction = ?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 26
Answer:
(a) Rate of formation of C = 0.076 Ms-1
(b) Rate of consumption of B = 0.038 M s-1
(c) Rate of reaction = 0.038 Ms-1

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

(9) Consider the reation \(\mathbf{3 I}_{(\mathbf{a q})}^{-}+\mathbf{S}_{2} \mathbf{O}_{8(u q)}^{2-} \longrightarrow \mathbf{I}_{3(\mathrm{aq})}^{-}+2 \mathrm{SO}_{4}^{2-}\) At a particular time t, \(t, \frac{d\left[\mathrm{SO}_{4}^{2-}\right]}{d t}=2.2 \times 10^{-2} \mathrm{M} / \mathrm{s}\) What are the values of \(\text { (a) }-\frac{d\left[\mathrm{I}^{-}\right]}{d t}\) \(-\frac{d\left[\mathrm{~S}_{2} \mathrm{O}_{8}^{2-}\right]}{d t}\) \(\text { (c) } \frac{d\left[\mathbf{I}_{3}^{-}\right]}{d t}\) at the same time?
Solution :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 27
(a) Rate of consumption of \(\mathrm{I}^{-}=-\frac{d\left[\mathrm{I}^{-}\right]}{d t}\)
When 2 moIes of \(\mathrm{SO}_{4}^{2-}\) are formed, 3 moves of I are consumed in the same time.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 28

(b) In the formation of 2 moles of \(\mathrm{SO}_{4}^{2-}\), 1 mole of \(\mathrm{S}_{2} \mathrm{O}_{8}^{2-}\) is consumed in the same time.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 29
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 30

(10) Ammonia and oxygen react at high temperature as :
4NH3(g) + 5O2(g) → 4NO(g) + 6H2O(g)
In an experiment, rate of formation of NO(g) is 3.6 x 10-3 mol L-1s-1.
Calculate-
(a) Rate of disappearance of ammonia
(b) Rate of formation of water.
Solution :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 31
Answer:
(a) Rate of disappearance of NH3
= 3.6 x 10-3 mol L-1s-1
(b) Rate of formation of H2O
= 5.4 x 10-3 mol L-1s-1

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

(11) The rate law for the reaction
C2H4Br2 + 3I → C2H4 + 2Br +I3 is Rate = k [C2H4Br2][I]. The rate of the reac-tion is found to be 1.1 x 10-4 M/s when the concentrations of C2H4Br2 and I– are 0.12M and 0.18 M respectively. Calculate the rate constant of the reaction.
Solution :
Given : C2H4Br2 + 3I → C2H4 + 2Br +I3
By rate law, Rate of reaction = R = k x [C2H4Br2][I]
R = 1.1 x 10-4 Ms-1
[C2H4Br2] = 0.12 M; [I] =0.18 M
Rate constant = k =?
R = k x [C2H4Br2] x [I]
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 33
Answer:
Rate constant = k = 5.1 x 10-3 M-1s-1

(12) For a reaction, 2A + B → C, the rate law is, rate =k x [A]2 x [B]. If the rate constant of the reaction is 3.74 x 10-2M-2s-1, calculate the rate of the reaction when the concentrations of A, B and C are 0.108 M, 0.132 M and 0.124 M respectively.
Solution :
Given : Rate constant of the reaction = k
= 3.74 x 10-2M-2s-1
[A] =0.108 M, [B] = 0.132M, [C] = 0.124 M
Rate of the reaction = R = ?
By rate law,
R = k [A]2 x [B] = (0.108)2 x 0.132 = 1.54 x 10-3 Ms-1
(Concentration of C need not be considered since it is a product.)
Answer:
Rate of reaction = 1.54 x10-3 Ms-1

(13) For a reaction, A + B → C, if the concentration of A doubles, the rate of the reaction doubles. While if the concentration of B doubles the rate of the reaction increases by four fold. Write rate law. .
Solution :
Let x moles of A react with y moles of B. xA + yB → C
To write rate law, it is necessary to find x and y values.

(i) Initial rate \(=R_{1}=k[\mathrm{~A}]_{1}^{x}[\mathrm{~B}]_{1}^{y}\)
Final rate R2 is doubled when the concentration of A is doubled, i.e., R2 = 2R1 when final concentration,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 174
(It is assumed that the concentration of B remains same.)
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 34

(ii) Initial rate \(=R_{1}=k[\mathrm{~A}]_{1}^{x}[\mathrm{~B}]^{y}\)
If the concentration of B is doubled keeping of A constant, rate becomes four times, i.e.,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 35
Hence the rate law is represented by an expression.
Rate = k[A] [B]2
Answer:
Rate law is. Rate = k [A] [B]2

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

(14) For the reaction, A2 + B + C → AC + AB, it is found that tripling the concentration of A2 triples the rate, doubling the concentration of C doubles the rate and doubling the concentration of B has no effect,
(a) What is the rate law?
(b) Why the change in concentration of B has no effect?
Solution :
Given : A2 + B + C → AC + AB
(a) The rate law may be represented as,
Rate = k [A2]x [B]y [C]z
Let [A]1, [B]1 and [C]1 represent initial concentration and [A]2, [B]2 and [C]2 represent final concentrations, and let R1 and R2 be initial and final rates of the reaction when the concentrations are changed.

(i) If [A]2 = 3[A]1, R2 = 3R1
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 36
If the concentrations of B and C remain constant, then
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 37

(b) In the rate determining step, B may not be involved as the reactant, hence rate is independent of changes in concentration of B. (OR B may be in large excess as compared to the concentrations of A and C.)
Answer:
(a) Rate law : Rate = k [A] [C]

Question 21.
Define and explain the term order of a chemical reaction.
Answer:
Order of a chemical reaction : The order of a chemical reaction is defined as the number of molecules (or atoms) whose concentrations influence the rate of the chemical reaction.
OR
The order of a chemical reaction is defined as the sum of the powers (or exponents) to which the concentration terms of the reactants are raised in the rate law expression for the given reaction.

Explanation :
Consider a reaction,
n1A + n2B → Products
where n1 moles of A react with n2 moles of B.

The rate of this reaction can be expressed by the rate law equation as,
R = k [A]n1 [B]n2
where k is the rate constant of the reaction, hence, the order of the reaction is n – n1 + n2, (observed, experimentally).

If n = 1, the reaction is called the first order reaction, if n = 2, it is called the second order reaction, etc.

If n = 0, it is called the zero order reaction, e.g., photochemical reaction of H2(g) and Cl2(g).

Question 22.
What are the features (or key points) of order of a reaction?
Answer:
The features of order of reaction are as follows :

  • It represents the number of atoms, ions or molecules whose concentrations influence the rate of the reaction.
  • It is not related to the stoichiometric equation of the reaction, hence it cannot be predicted from stoichiometric balanced equation.
  • It is experimentally determined quantity.
  • It is defined only in terms of the concentrations of the reactants and not of products.
  • It may have values which are integers, fractional or zero.
  • Higher values are rare. Reactions of first and second order are in large number. Third order reactions are very few like,
    2NO(g) + Cl2(g) → 2NOCl(g).

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Solved Examples 6.3.3

Question 23.
Solve the following :
(1) From the rate expressions for the following reactions, determine their order :
(a) 2N2O5(g) → 4NO2(g) + O2(g) : Rate = k [N2O5]
(b) CHCl3(g) + Cl2(g) → CCl4(g) + HCl(g) : Rate = k [CHL3] [Cl2]1/2
(c) C2H5Cl(g) → C2H4(g) + HCl(g): Rate = k [C2H5Cl]
(d) 2NO2(g) + F2(g) → 2NO2F(g) → : Rate = k (NO2] [F2]
Solution :
(a) 2N2O5(g) → 4NO2(g) + O2(g)
The rate law expression given for the reaction is Rate = k x [N2O5]
Hence the reaction is of first order.

(b) CHCl3(g) + Cl2(g) → CCl4(g) + HCl(g)
The given rate law expression is, R = k [CHCl3] x [Cl2]1/2 Here the order of a reaction is one with respect to CHCl3(g) and half with respect to Cl2(g). Therefore the overall order of the reaction is 1 + 1/2 = 1.5.

(c) C2H5Cl(g) → C2H4(g) + HCl(g)
The given rate law expression is, Rate = k [C2H5Cl]
Hence the reaction has order equal to one.

(d) 2NO2(g) + F2(g) → 2NO2F(g)
The given rate law expression for the reaction is Rate = k [NO2] x [F2]
Hence the reaction is first order with respect to NO2 and first order with respect to F2. The overall order of the reaction is, n = nNO2 + nF1 = 1 + 1 = 2.

(2) Determine the order of following reactions from their rate expressions :
(a) 2H2O2 → 2H2O + O2 Rate = k [H2O2]
(b) NO2 + CO → NO + CO2 Rate = k [NO2]2
(c) 2NO + O2 → 2NO2 Rate = k [NO]2 x [O2]
(d) CHCl3(g) + Cl2(g) → CCl4(g) + HCl(g)
Rate = k [CHCl3] [Cl2]
Solution :
(a) For the reaction,
2H2O2 → 2H2O + O2
Since the rate law expression given is,
Rate = k [H2O2]
Hence the reaction is of first order.

(b) For the reaction,
NO2 + CO → NO + CO2
Since the rate law given is Rate = k [NO2]2, the reaction is second order with respect to NO2 and zero order with respect to CO. Hence the net order of the reaction is, n = nNO2 + nco = 2 + 0 = 2

(c) For the reaction,
2NO + O2 → 2NO2
Since the rate law expression given is, Rate = k [NO]2 x [O2] the reaction is second order with respect to NO and first order with respect to O2. Hence the overall order of reaction is n = nNO2 + no2 = 2 + 1 = 3.

(d) For the reaction, by rate law,
Rate = k [CHCl3] x [Cl2] reaction is first order with respect to CHCl3 and first order with respect to Cl2. Hence the overall order is, n = ncHcl3 + ncl2 = 1 + 1 = 2.

(3) Write the rate law expressions for the following reactions:
(1) 2N2O5(g) → 4NO2 + O2; order of the reaction is 1.
(2) CH3CHO → CH4 + CO; order of the reaction Is 3/2.
Solution :
(1) For the given reaction, order is one hence the rate law expression is, Rate = k [N2O5].
(2) For the given reaction, order is 3/2, hence the rate law expression is Rate = k x [CH2CHO]3/2.

(4) The reaction \(\mathbf{H}_{2} \mathbf{O}_{2(\mathbf{a q})}+3 \mathbf{I}_{(\mathbf{a q})}^{-}+2 \mathbf{H}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{+} \longrightarrow 2 \mathbf{H}_{2} \mathbf{O}_{(0)}+\mathbf{I}_{3(a q)}^{-}\) is first order in H2O2 and I, zero order in H+. Write the rate law.
Solution:
Given :
\(\mathrm{H}_{2} \mathrm{O}_{2(\mathrm{~g})}+3 \mathrm{I}_{(\mathrm{aq})}^{-}+2 \mathrm{H}^{+}{ }_{(\mathrm{aq})} \longrightarrow 2 \mathrm{H}_{2} \mathrm{O}_{(\mathrm{i})}+\mathrm{I}_{3(\mathrm{aq})}^{-}\)
Since the reaction is first order in H2O2 and F and zero order in H+, the expression for rate law will be,
Rate =k [H2O2]1 [I]1 [H+]0
∴ Rate = k [H2O2] [I]
Answer:
Rate = k [H2O2] [I]

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

(5) The rate law for the gas-phase reaction
2NO(g) + O2(g) → 2NO2(g) is rate = k [NO2]2 [O2]. What is the order of the reaction with respect to each of the reactants and what is the overall order of the reaction?
Solution :
Given : 2NO(g) + O2(g) → 2NO2(g)
Rate = k [NO]2[O2]
Order of the reaction with respect to NO = nNo = 2
Order with respect to O2 = nO2 = 1
Overall order of the reaction = n = nNO + nO2
= 2 + 1
= 3
Answer:
Order with respect to NO = 2
Order with respect to O2 = 1
Overall order = 3

(6) What is the order for the following reactions?
(a) 2NO2(g) + F2(g) → 2NO2F(g), rate = k [NO2][F2]
(b) CHCl3(g) + Cl2(g) → CCl4(g) + HCl(g), rate = k[CHCl3][Cl2]1/2
Solution :
(a) Given : 2NO2(g) + F2(g) → 2NO2F
Rate = k [NO2][F2]
Hence the reaction is first order with respect to NO2 and first order with respect to F2
∴ Order of reaction = nNO2 + nF2 = 1 + 1 = 2

(b) Given :
CHCl3(g) + Cl2(g) → CCl4(g) + HCl(g),
Rate = k [ CHCl3] [Cl2]1/2
Hence the reaction is first order in CHCl3 and half order in Cl2.
∴ Order of reaction
= nCHCl3 + nCl2 = 1 + \(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{3}{2}\)
Answer:
(a) Order of the reaction = 2
(b) The order of the reaction = \(\frac{3}{2}\)

(7) Write the rate law for the following reactions :
(a) A reaction that is zero order in A and second order in B.
(b) A reaction that is second order in NO and first order in Br2.
Solution :
(a) Given : A + B → Products
The reaction is zero order in A and second order in B. Hence the rate law is represented as, Rate = k [A]O[B]2
Rate = k[B]2

(b) Given : 2NO(g) + Br2(g) → 2NOBr(g)
The reaction is second order in NO and first in Br2. Hence the rate law is,
∴ Rate = k [NO]2[Br2]
Answer: (a) Rate law : Rate = k[B]2
(b) Rate law : Rate = k [NO]2[Br2]

(8) The reaction A + B → Products, is first order in each of the reactants, (a) Write the rate law.
(b) How does the reaction rate change if the concentration of B is decreased by a factor 3?
(c) What is the change in the rate if the concentration of each reactant is tripled? (d) What is the change in the rate, if the concentration of A is doubled and that of B is halved?
Solution :
(a) The reaction is first order in A and B. Hence the equation for rate law is,
Rate = k [A] [B]
(b) Before changing the concentration of B, Initial rate = R1 – k [A]1 [B]1
After change in concentration of B,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 39
Hence the rate of the reaction will be decreased by a factor 3.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

(c) When the concentration of each reactant is tripled, then the final concentrations will be, [A]2 = 3[A]1 and [B]2 = 3[B1]
∴ R2 = k x 3[A]1 x 3 [B]1
∴ R2 = k x 3[A]1 x 3 [B]1
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 40
Hence the rate of the reaction will be increased by 9 times.

(d) When the concentration A is doubled and that of B is halved then the final concentrations will be,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 41
Rate of the reaction will remain unchanged.
Answer:
(a) Rate law is, Rate = k [A] [B],
(b) Rate is decreased by a factor 3,
(c) Rate is increased by 9 times,
(d) Rate remains unchanged.

(9) Consider the reaction A2 + B → products. If the concentration of A2 and B are halved, the rate of the reaction decreases by a factor of 8. If the concentration of A2 is increased by a factor of 2.5, the rate increases by the factor of 2.5. What is the order of the reaction? Write the rate law.
Solution :
Given : A2 + B → Products
(i) When concentration of A2 and B are halved :
[A2]2(final) = 1/2 [A2]1(final) and [B]2 = 1/2 [B]1 then, R2(final) = 1/8R1(intial).

(ii) When concentration of A2 is increased by the factor 2.5,
[A2]2 = 2.5 [A2]1 (concentration of B is same) then, R2 = 2.5 R1
Now let the reaction be, XA2 + yB → Products

From data in (ii),
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 43
Hence the reaction is of third order. The rate law can be represented as,
Rate = k [A2] [B]2
Answer:
(i) Order of the reaction = 3
(ii) Rate law : Rate = k [A2] [B]3

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

(10) Consider the reaction C + D → Products. The rate of the reaction increases by a factor of 4 when the concentration of C is doubled. The rate of the reaction is tripled when concentration of D is tripled. What is the order of the reaction? Write the rate law.
Solution :
Given : C + D → Products OR xC + yD → Products
(i) When the concentration of C is doubled, the rate of the reaction increases by 4.

[C]2(final) = 2[C]1(initial) then R2(final) = 4R1(initial)
(In this, the concentration of D is assumed to be constant.)
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 44
Hence, the reaction is second order in C.
∴ nC = 2
(ii) When the concentration of D is tripled, rate is tripled. The concentration of C is assumed to be constant.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 45
Rate law : Rate = A[C]2[D]
Answer:
(i) Order of the reaction = 3
(ii) Rate law : Rate = A[C]2[D]

(11) The reaction F2(g) + 2ClO2(g) → 2FClO2(g) is first order in each of the reactants. The rate of the reaction is 4.88 x 10-4 M/s when [F2] = 0.015 M and [ClO2]= 0.025 M. Calculate the rate constant of the reaction.
Solution :
Given :
F2(g) + 2ClO2(g) → 2FClO2(g)
Order of reaction in F2 = nF2 = 1
Order of reaction in CIO2 = nClO2 = 1
Rate = R = 4.88 x 10-4 Ms-1
[F2] = 0.015 M; [ClO2] = 0.025 M
Rate = k = ?
By rate law,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 46
Answer:
Rate constant = 1 = 1.3 M-2s-1

(12) The reaction 2H2(g) + 2NO(g) → 2H2O(g) + N2(g) is first order in H2 and second order in NO. The rate constant of the reaction at a certain tem­perature is 0.42M-2s-1. Calculate the rate when [H2] = 0.015 M and [NO] = 0.025 M.
Solution :
Given : 2H2(g) + 2NO(g) → 2H2O(g) + N2(g)
Order of reaction in H2 = nH1 = 1
Order of reaction in NO = nNO = 2
Rate constant = k = 0.42 M-2s-1
[H2] = 0.015 M; [NO] = 0.025 M
Rate of reaction = R = ?
By rate law,
Rate = R = k [H2] [NO]2
= 0.42 x 0.015 x (0.025)2 M-2s-1 M M
= 3.94 x 10-6 Ms-1
Answer:
Rate of reaction = R = 3.94 x 10-6 Ms-1

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

(13) Find the order of following reactions whose rate laws are expressed as follows. CA and CB are the concentrations of reactants A and B respectively :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 47
Solution :
Given :
(1) For, – \(\frac{d c}{d t}\) = k x \(\mathrm{C}_{A}^{0}\) the order of the reaction, n = 0. Hence it is a zero order reaction.

(2) For, – \(\frac{d c}{d t}\) = k x \(\mathrm{C}_{A}^{3 / 2}\), the overall order of the reaction is 3/2.

(3) For, –\(\frac{d c}{d t}\) = k x \(\mathrm{C}_{A}^{1 / 2} \mathrm{C}_{B}^{2}\), the reaction has order 1/2 with respect to A and 2 with respect to B.
∴ n = nA + nB = \(\frac{1}{2}\) + 2 = \(\frac{5}{2}\).
Hence the (overall) order of the reaction is \(\frac{5}{2}\).

(4) For, \(-\frac{d c}{d t}=k \mathrm{C}_{A}^{5 / 2} \times \mathrm{C}_{B}^{0}\)
The reaction has order \(\frac{5}{2}\) with respect to A and zero with respect to B.
∴ n = nA + nB = \(\frac{5}{2}\) + 0 = \(\frac{5}{2}\)
Hence the order of the reaction is \(\frac{5}{2}\).

(5) For, \(-\frac{d c}{d t}=k \times \mathrm{C}_{A}^{1 / 3} \times \mathrm{C}_{B}^{2 / 3}\). The reaction has order \(\frac{1}{3}\) with respect to A and \(\frac{2}{3}\) with respect to B.
∴ n = nA + nB = \(\frac{1}{3}\) + \(\frac{2}{3}\) = 1
Hence the order of the reaction is 1.

(14) The rate of a reaction, 2A + B → Products is 3.78 x 10-4 M s-1 when the concentrations of A and B are 0.3 M each. If the rate constant of the reaction is 4.2 x 10-3s-1 find the order of the reaction.
Solution :
Given : 2A + B → Products
Rate = R = 3.78 x 10-4Ms-1
[A] = [B] = 0.3 M
Rate constant = 1 = 4.2 x 10-3 s-1
Let the order of the reaction in A be x and in B be y.

Then, by rate law,
Rate = R = k [A]x [B]y 3.78 x 10-4
= 4.2 x 10-3(0.3)x(0.3)y
= 4.2 x 10-3 (0.3)x+y
∴ \(\frac{3.78 \times 10^{-4}}{4.2 \times 10^{-3}}\) = (0.3)x+y
0.09 = (0.3)x+y
(0.3)2 = (0.3)x+y                        .
∴ x + y = 2
Hence the order of overall reaction is 2.
Answer:
The order of the reaction is 2.

(15) The rate of the reaction, A → Products is 1.25 x 10-2 M/s when concentration of A is 0. 45 M. Determine the rate constant if the reaction is
(a) first order in A
(b) second order in A.
Solution :
Given : A → Products
Rate = R = 1.25 x 10-2 M/s
[A] = 0.45 M

(a) Rate constant, k = ? if order is one.
For first order, rate law is, R = k [A]
∴ \(k=\frac{R}{[\mathrm{~A}]}=\frac{1.25 \times 10^{-2}}{0.45}\)
= 2.78 x 10-2s-1

(b) Rate constant, k =? if order is two. For second order, rate law is, R = k [A]2
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 50
Answer:
(a) Rate constant, k = 2.78 x 10-2
(b) Rate constant, k = 6.173 x 10-2

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Question 24.
Define and explain the term elementary reaction.
Answer:
Many reactions take place in a series of steps. Such reactions are called complex reactions. Each step taking place in a complex reaction is called an elementary reaction. This shows that a complex reaction is broken down in a series of elementary chemical reactions.

By adding all the elementary steps of a complex reaction we get the overall reaction.

The mechanism of a reaction is decided from the sequence of the elementary steps that are added to give overall reaction.

Elementary reaction : It is defined as the reac­tion which takes place in a single step and cannot be divided further into simpler chemical reactions.

The order and molecularity of the elementary reaction are same.

Some reactions take place in one step and cannot be broken down into simpler reactions. For example,

C2H5I(g) → C2H4(g) + HI(g)
O3(g) → O2(g) + O(g)

Question 25.
Define and explain the term molecularity of a reaction. Give examples.
OR
Define the molecularity of a chemical reaction.
Answer:
Molecularity : The molecularity of an elementary reaction is defined as the number of molecules (or atoms or ions) which take part in a chemical reaction.

Explanation :

  • The molecularity of a reaction is always integral.
  • It cannot be determined experimentally.
  • The minimum value of the molecularity is one.
  • It cannot have fractional or zero values.
  • The reactions are classified according to the mole­cularity as follows :

(a) Unimolecular reaction (OR First order reac­tion) : In this only one molecule takes part in the reaction, e.g., N2O5(g) → 2NO2(g) + \(\frac{1}{2}\)O2(g)

The rate law expression for this reaction is, Rate = k [N2O5]. Hence it is unimolecular and first order.

Other unimolecular reactions are,
O3(g) → O2(g) + O(g)
C2H5I(g) → C2H2(g) + HI(g)

(B) Bimolecular reaction In this two molecules take part in the reaction,
e.g., 2HI(g) → H2(g) + I2(g)
O3(g) + O(g) → 2O2(g)
2NO2(g) → 2NO(g) + O2(g)

(c) Trimolecular reaction: In this three molecules take part in the reaction.
e.g., 2NO(g) + O2(g) → 2NO2(g)

The higher molecularity is rare since the prob ability of simultaneous collisions between more molecules is very low.

Question 26.
Explain order and molecularity of elementary reactions.
Answer:
(1) The order and molecularity of elementary reaction are same.
(2) Consider second order bimolecular reaction,
2NO2(g) → 2NO(g) + O2.
(3) The rate of the reaction is given by, Rate = k [NO2]2
(4) Similarly consider unimolecular first order reaction,
C2H5I(g) → C2H4(g) + HI(g)
Rate = k [C2H5I]

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Question 27.
Define and explain the term rate-determining step.
Answer:
(1) Many chemical reactions take place in a series of elementary steps. Among many steps of the reaction, one of the steps is the slowest step compared to other steps.

Rate determining step : The slowest step in the reaction mechanism which involves many steps is called the rate-determining step.

(2) Example :
Consider decomposition of gaseous NO2Cl.
2NO2Cl(g) → 2NO2(g) + Cl2(g)
This reaction takes place in two steps :
Step I : \(\mathrm{NO}_{2} \mathrm{Cl}_{(g)} \stackrel{k_{1}}{\longrightarrow} \mathrm{NO}_{2(\mathrm{~g})}+\mathrm{Cl}_{(\mathrm{g})}\) (slow, unimolecular)

Step II: \(\mathrm{NO}_{2} \mathrm{Cl}_{(g)} \stackrel{k_{2}}{\longrightarrow} \mathrm{NO}_{2(\mathrm{~g})}+\mathrm{Cl}_{(\mathrm{g})}\) (fast, bimolecular)

2NO2CI(g) → 2NO2(g) + CI2(g) (overall reaction)

Among two steps, first step being slower represents rate-determining step. The rate law can be represented as, Rate = k1 [NO2CI]

Hence, the reaction is first order.

In this Cl(g) is formed as a reaction intermediate.

Question 28.
What are the features of rate-determining step?
Answer:
Features of rate-determining step :

  • The overall reaction can never occur faster than its rate-determining step.
  • The rate-determining step can occur anywhere in the reaction mechanism and depends on nature of reactants, conditions of the reaction, etc.
  • The rate law of a rate-determining step can directly be obtained from its stoichiometric equation.
  • The rate law of a rate-determining step can directly be obtained from its stoichiometric equation.

Question 29.
What is reaction intermediate? Explain with an example.
Answer:
Reaction intermediate : The additional species other than the reactants or products formed in the mechanism during progress of the reaction is called reaction intermediate.

Features of reaction intermediate :

  • The reaction intermediate appears in the reaction mechanism but does not appear in the overall reaction or in the products.
  • It is always formed in one step and consumed in the subsequent step in the mechanism.
  • Its concentration is very small and cannot be determined easily.
  • Rate of the reaction is independent of concentration of this intermediate.
  • The life period of the reaction intermediate is extremely small, hence cannot be isolated.
  • The composition of the reaction intermediate, decides the mechanism of the reaction.
  • Consider decomposition of gaseous NO2Cl. 2NO2Cl(g) → 2NO2(g) + Cl2(g)

This reaction takes place in two steps :
Step I : \(\mathrm{NO}_{2} \mathrm{Cl}_{(\mathrm{g})} \stackrel{k_{1}}{\longrightarrow} \mathrm{NO}_{2(\mathrm{~g})}+\mathrm{Cl}_{(\mathrm{g})}\) (slow, unimolecular)

Step II : \(\mathrm{NO}_{2} \mathrm{Cl}_{(\mathrm{g})}+\mathrm{Cl}_{(\mathrm{g})} \stackrel{k_{2}}{\longrightarrow} \mathrm{NO}_{2(\mathrm{~g})}+\mathrm{Cl}_{2(\mathrm{~g})}\) (fast, bimolecular)
2NO2Cl(g) → 2NO2(g) + Cl2(g) (overall reaction)
Cl formed in Step I is removed in Step II, Hence Cl is a reaction intermediate.

Question 30.
Identify the molecularity and write the rate law for each of the following elementary reactions :
(a) NO(g) + O3(g) → NO3(g) + O(g)
(b) H2I(g) + I(g) → 2HI(g)
(c) CI(g) + Cl(g) + N2(g) → N2(g)
Answer:
NO(g) + O3(g) → NO3(g) + O(g) Molecularity is 2.
Rate law : Rate = k [NO] x [O3]

(b) H2I(g) + I(g) → 2HI(g) Molecularity is 2.
Rate law : Rate = k [H2I] x [I]

(c) Cl(g) + Cl(g) + N2(g) →Cl2(g) + N2(g) Molecularity is 3.
Rate law : Rate = k [Cl]2

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Question 31.
Write molecularity of the following reaction:
2NO(g) + O2(g) → 2NO2(g).
Answer:
For the reaction, 2NO(g) + O2(g) → 2NO2(g) Molecularity = 3.

Question 32.
How Is reaction intermediate predicted in the reaction?
Answer:
(1) When a reaction takes place in more than one steps, then a substance produced in one step is removed in the next step is called reaction intermediate.
(2) For example,
(I) NO(g) + O3(g) → NO3(g) + O(g)
(ii) NO3(g) + O(g) → NO2(g) + O(g)
In the reaction. NO3 and O are reaction intermediates.

Question 33.
A certain reaction occurs in the following steps :
(i) Cl(g) + O3(g) → ClO(g) + O2(g)
(ii) ClO(g) + O(g) → Cl(g) + O2(g)
(a) Write the chemical equation for overall reaction.
(b) Identify the reaction intermediate.
(c) Identify the catalyst.
(d) What is the molecularity of each step?
Answer:
Step I : Cl(g) + O3(g) → ClO(g) + O2(g)
Step II : ClO(g) + O(g) → Cl(g) + O2(g)
(a) Overall reaction is obtained by adding both the reactions.
O3(g) + O(g) → 2O2(g)
(b) Reaction intermediate is ClO(g) which is formed in the first step and removed in the second step.
(c) Cl(g) acts as a catalyst. It is an example of homo-geneous catalysis in which catalyst Cl(g) forms an intermediate ClO(g) and again is released in the second step.
(d) Since both the steps involve two reactants each, both the steps are bimolecular.

Question 34.
The rate law for the reaction 2H2(g) + 2NO(g) → N2(g) + 2H2O(g) is given by rate = k [H2] [NO]2.
The reaction occurs in the following two steps :
(i) H2(g) + 2NO(g) → N2O(g) + H2O(g)
(ii) N2O(g) + H2(g) → N2(g) + H2O(g)
What is the role of N2O in the mechanism? What is the molecularity of each of the elementary steps?
Answer:
N2O is a reaction intermediate which is formed in the first step and removed in the second step. Molecularity of the elementary steps :
(a) First step – Termolecular.
(b) Second step-Bimolecular.

Question 35.
What is the rate law for the reaction,
NO2(g) + CO(g) → NO(g) + CO2(g)
The reaction occurs in the following steps :
NO2 + NO2 → NO3 + NO (slow)
NO3 + CO → NO2 + CO2 (fast)
What is the role of NO3?
Answer:
Overall reaction :
NO2(g) + CO(g) → NO(g) + CO2(g)
Step-I NO2 + NO2 → NO3 + NO (slow) (slow)
Step-II NO3 + CO → NO2 + CO2 (fast)

(A) From first rate determining slow step, rate law is, Rate = k[NO2]2
(B) Role of NO3 : In the reaction, NO3 is the reaction intermediate which is formed in first step and removed in the second step.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Question 36.
The rate law for the reaction 2NO(g) + Cl2(g) → 2NOCl(g) is given by rate = k[NO][Cl2]. The reaction occurs in the following steps :
(i) NO(g) + Cl2(g) → NOCl2(g)
(ii) NOCl2(g) + NO(g) → 2NOCl(g)
(a) Is NOCl2 a catalyst or reaction intermedi-ate? Why?
(b) Identify the rate determining step.
Answer:
(a) NOCl2 is a reaction intermediate since it is formed in the first step and removed in the second step. It is not a catalyst since it was not present in the first step or on reactant side nor in the second step on product side.
(b) Since rate law is, Rate = k[NO][Cl2], and the sub-stances NO and Cl2 are present in the first step as reactants, it is the slow and rate-determining step.

Question 37.
The rate law for the reaction 2H2(g) + 2NO(g) → N2(g) + 2H2O(g) is given by rate = k[H2][NO]2. The reaction occurs in the following steps :
(i) H2 + 2NO → N2O + H2O
(ii) N2O + H2 → N2 + H2O
What is the role of N2O in the mechanism? Identify the slow step.
Answer:
(a) N2O is the reaction intermediate since it is formed in the first step and removed in the second step.
(b) By rate law, Rate = k [H2][NO]2. Since the first step involves the substances H2 and NO, it is the slow and rate-determining step.

Question 38.
What are integrated rate laws?
Answer:
Integrated rate laws : The equations which are obtained by integrating the differential rate laws (expressions) and which provide direct relationship between the concentrations of the reactants and time are called integrated rate laws.

For example, integrated rate law for first order reaction is represented as,
\(k=\frac{2.303}{t} \log _{10} \frac{[\text { Reactant }]_{\text {final }}}{[\text { Reactant }]_{\text {initial }}}\)

Question 39.
Derive the expression for integrated rate law (equation) for the first-order reaction.
Answer:
Consider the following first-order reaction, A → B The rate of the chemical reaction is given by the rate law expression as, Rate, R = k [A] where [A] is the concentration of the reactant A and k is the velocity constant or specific rate of the reaction.
The instantaneous rate is given by,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 52

If [A0] is the initial concentration of the reactant and [A]t at time t, then by integrating the above equation,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 53

This is the integrated rate equation for the first order reaction. This is also called integrated rate law.

Question 40.
How is the integrated rate equation for the first order reaction represented by considering the concentration of the product?
Answer: The
integrated rate equation for the first order reaction can be represented as,
\(k=\frac{2.303}{t} \log _{10} \frac{[\mathrm{A}]_{0}}{[\mathrm{~A}]_{t}}\) where [A]0 is the initial concentration of the reactant (at time, 1 = 0) and [A]t is that at time t. Consider the reaction, A → B
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 54

If a is the initial concentration of the reactant A and x is the concentration of the product B after time t, then
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 55

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Question 41.
Explain the exponential rate law expression for the first order reaction.
Answer:
The integrated rate equation for the first order reaction can be represented as,
\(k=\frac{1}{t} \log _{\mathrm{e}} \frac{[\mathrm{A}]_{0}}{[\mathrm{~A}]_{t}}\)
where k is a rate constant, [A]0 and [A]t are initial and final concentrations of the reactant after time t.
∴ k = \(-\frac{1}{t} \log _{\mathrm{e}} \frac{[\mathrm{A}]_{t}}{[\mathrm{~A}]_{0}}\)
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 56
where [A]0 and [A]t are the concentrations of the reactant when t = 0 and t = t respectively.

Thus, the concentration of the reactant decreases exponentially with time and the time required to complete the first order reaction will be infinity.

Another feature of the exponential behaviour is the time required to complete a definite fraction of the reaction is always constant. Therefore, the first order reactions are also described in terms of the half-life of the reaction ™.

Question 42.
What are the units of rate constant of first order reaction?
Answer:
The units of rate constant (k) for the first order reaction is per time (or s-1).

Question 43.
Give three examples of first order reaction.
Answer:
The examples of first order reaction are :
(1) Decomposition of H2O2 :
2H2O2(I) → 2H2O(1) + O2(g) Rate = k[H2O2]
(2) Decomposition of N2Os :
2N2O5(g) → 4NO2(g) + O2(g) Rate = k[N2O5]
(3) Isomerisation of cyclopropane to propene :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 67

Question 44.
Write a note on a zero order reaction.
OR
What is a zero order reaction? Explain.
Answer:
(1) Definition : Zero order reaction : A reaction in which the rate of the reaction does not depend on the concentration of any reactant taking part in the reaction is called zero order reaction.
(2) Explanation : For example, consider photochemical reaction between H2 and Cl2 gases.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 72
In this the rate of the reaction remains constant throughout the progress of the reaction, even if the concentrations of the reactants decrease with time, until the reactant has reacted entirely.

Hence, by the rate law,
R = k [H2]° [Cl2]° = k (constant).

Question 45.
Derive the expression for integrated rate law for zero-order reaction A → Products.
Answer:
Consider a zero order reaction, A → Products
The rate of the reaction is, Rate \(=\frac{-d[\mathrm{~A}]}{d t}\)

By rate law,
Rate = k x [A]0 = k
∴ – d[A] = k x dt

If [A]0 is the initial concentration of the reactant A at t = 0 and [A]t is the concentration of A present after time t, then by integrating above equation,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 73
This is the integrated rate law expression for rate constant for zero order reaction.
∴ k x t = [A]0 – [A]t
∴ [A]t = – kt + A0

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Question 46.
How would you obtain the unit of the velocity constant k for (i) the first order reaction (ii) the zero order reaction?
Answer:
(i) For a first order reaction :
Consider the reaction,
A → B
The rate (R) of the reaction will be, R = k [A] = kc, where [A] is concentration in mol dm-3Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 74
Hence, the SI unit of velocity constant for the first order reaction is second-1.

(ii) For a zero order reaction :
The rate of reaction is R = k [A]0 = k
Hence, the velocity constant k has the unit of the rate of the reaction, i.e., mol dm-3 s-1.

Question 47.
Obtain an expression for half-life period of zero order reaction.
Answer:
The rate law expression for zero order reaction is, [A]t = – kt + [A]0
where [A]0 and [A]t are the concentrations of the reactant at time, t = 0 and after time t respectively, Half-life period, t1/2 is the time when the concentration reduces from [A]0 to [A]0/2. i.e., at t = t1/2, [A]t = [A]0/2.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 75
Hence for a zero-order reaction, the half-life period is directly proportional to the initial concentration of the reactant.

Question 48.
Give the examples of zero order reactions.
Answer:
Zero order reactions are not common. They take place under special conditions. They are hetero-geneous catalysed reactions generally involving metals as catalysts.

(1) Decomposition NH3 on Pt surface :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 79
(2) Decomposition of N2O to N2 and O2 on Pt :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 80
(3) Decomposition of PH3 on hot tungsten catalyst at high pressure.

Question 49.
Decomposition of NH3(g) on platinum surface at high temperature is a zero order reaction. Explain.
Answer:

  • The decomposition of NH3(g) on platinum surface is represented as,
    2NH3(g) \(\frac{1130 \mathrm{~K}}{\mathrm{Pt}}\) N2(g) + 3H2(g)
  • Since it is a heterogeneous catalysed reaction, NH3 gaseous molecules at high pressure are adsorbed on the metal surface covering the surface area.
  • The number of NH3 molecules adsorbed is small compared to NH3 molecules in the gaseous phase.
  • Only the molecules adsorbed on the surface get decomposed. Hence rate of the decomposition becomes independent of the concentration (pressure) of NH3. Therefore the decomposition reaction is zero order.

Question 50.
The catalysed decomposition of nitrous oxide (N2O) to nitrogen and oxygen is a zero order reaction. Explain.
Answer:

  • The decomposition of N2O(g) on platinum can be represented as, \(2 \mathrm{~N}_{2} \mathrm{O}_{(\mathrm{g})} \stackrel{\mathrm{Pt}}{\longrightarrow} 2 \mathrm{~N}_{2(\mathrm{~g})}+\mathrm{O}_{2(\mathrm{~g})}\)
  • Since it is heterogeneously catalysed reaction, N2O gaseous molecules are adsorbed on the metal surface covering the surface area.
  • The number of N2O molecules adsorbed is small compared to N2O molecules in the gaseous phase.
  • Only the molecules adsorbed on the metal surface get decomposed. Hence rate of decomposition becomes independent of the concentration (pressure) of N2O. Therefore the decomposition of N2O is a zero order reaction.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Question 51.
Inversion of cane sugar (sucrose) is a pseudo-first-order reaction. Explain.
OR
The reaction,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 82
Can it be of pseudo-first-order type?
Answer:
The inversion of cane sugar (sucrose) is an acid catalysed hydrolysis reaction which can be represented as,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 83

This is a bimolecular reaction. Hence, the true rate law for the reaction should be, Rate = k[C12H22O11] [H2O]. This shows that the reaction should be second order.

Since water (H2O) is in large excess, its concentration remains constant and the rate depends only upon the concentration of cane sugar.

∴ Rate = k[C12H22O11]

Therefore the second order true rate law becomes first order rate law. Hence the inversion of cane sugar is a pseudo first order reaction.

Solved Examples 6.4-6.5

Question 52.
Solve the following :

(1) For the reaction 2A + B → products, find the rate law from the following data :

[A]/M [B]/M rate/Ms-1
0.3 0.05 0.15
0.6 0.05 0.30
0.6 0.2 1.20

Solution:
In steps (i) and (ii), the concentration of A is doubled but the concentration of B remains constant. Since the rate is doubled the rate is proportional to the concentration of A or R α [A] and hence with respect to A order of the reaction is 1 or nA = 1.

In steps (ii) and (iii), the concentration of A is kept constant but the concentration of B is increased 4 times and rate of the reaction is increased 4 times. Hence the rate of reaction is proportional to concentration of B, R α [B] and hence with respect of B, order is 1 or nB = 1. Hence rate law will be, Rate = k [A] x [B].

(2) In a first order reaction A → product, 80 % of the given sample of compound decomposes in 40 min. What is the half life period of the reaction ?
Solution :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 91
Answer:
Half life period = 17.22 min

(3) The reaction A + B → products is first order in each of the reactants.
(a) How does the rate of reaction change if the concentration of A is increased by factor 3?
(b) What is the change in the rate of reaction if the concentration of A is halved and concen­tration of B is doubled?
Solution :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 92
Hence the rate remains the same.
Answer:
(a) The rate increases by factor 3.
(b) The rate remains the same.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

(4) Half-life period of a first order reaction is 41.09 min. Calculate rate constant in per second.
Solution :
Given : Half-life period = t1/2
= 41.09 min = 41.09 x 60 s
= 2.465 x 103s
Rate constant = k = ?
For a first order reaction,
\(\begin{aligned}
k &=\frac{0.693}{t_{1 / 2}} \\
&=\frac{0.693}{2.465 \times 10^{3}}
\end{aligned}\)
= 2.81 x 10-4 s-1
Answer:
Rate constant = k = 2.81 x 10-4 s-1

(5) A first order reaction takes 15 minutes to com­plete 25%. How much will it take to complete 65 %?
Solution:
(i) Given : For 25% completion, t1 = 15 min.
For 35 % completion, t2 = ?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 94
Answer:
Time required to complete 65 % reaction = 547 min

(6) Gaseous A2 dissociates as, A2(g) → 2A(g). Initial pressure of A2 is 0.8 atm. After 20 minutes the pressure is 1.1 atm. Calculate rate constant and half-life period for the reaction.
Solution :
Given : [A]0 = Initial pressure = P0 = 0.8 atm
Final pressure = Total pressure = PT = 1.1 atm
Rate constant = k = ?
Half life period = t1/2 = ?
A2(g) → 2A(g)
P0 – x 2x
Pressure of A2 = Pt = P0 – x
Total pressure of the mixture,
PT = P0 – x + 2x = P0 + x
∴ x = PT – P0
∴ Pt = P0 – X = P0 – (PT – P0) – 2P0 – PT
\(k=\frac{2.303}{t} \log _{10} \frac{[\mathrm{A}]_{0}}{[\mathrm{~A}]_{t}}\)
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 95
Answer:
Rate constant = k = 2.35 x 10-2 min-1
Half-life period = t1/2 = 29.5 min

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

(7) The decomposition of N2O5(g) at 320 K according to the following equation follows first order reaction :
N2O5(g) → 2NO2(g) + \(\frac{1}{2}\)O2(g)
The initial concentration of N2O5(g) is 1-24 x 10-2 mol. L-1 and after 60 minutes,
0.20 x 10-2 mol. L-1. Calculate the rate con­stant of the reaction at 320 K.
Solution :
Given :
Initial concentration
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 96

(8) From the following data for the liquid phase reaction A → B, determine the order of reaction and calculate its rate constant:

t/s 0 600 1200 1800
[A]/Mol L-1 0.624 0.446 0.318 0.226

Solution:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 97
Answer:
Rate constant = k = 5.618 x 10-4 s-1

(9) The concentration of a reactant in a first-order reaction A → products, varies with time as follows :

t/min 0 10 20 30 40
[AJ/M 0.0800 0.0536 0.0359 0.0241 0.0161

Show that the reaction is first order.
Solution :
Given : A → Products
[A]0 = 0.08 M
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 98
Since all the values of rate constant using first order rate law equation come constant, the reaction is of first order.
Answer:
Order of the reaction is one.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

(10) In a first order reaction x → y, 40% of the given sample of compound remains unreacted in 45 minutes. Calculate rate constant of the reac­tion.
Solution :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 99
Answer:
k = 0.02036 min-1

(11) If the half-life period of a zero order reaction with initial concentration 0.1 M is 21.3 min, what will be the half-life when the concentration is 0.3 M?
Solution :
Given : Reaction is zero order. t1/2 = 21.3, when
initial concentration = [A]1 x = 0.1 M t1/2 = 2 when
initial concentration = [A]2 = 0.3 M
For zero order reaction, t1/2 = \(\frac{[\mathrm{A}]_{0}}{2 k}\)
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 100
Answer:
Half life period = 63.9 min

(12) Consider the reaction 2A + 2B → 2C + D.
From the following data, calculate the order and rate constant of the reaction.

[A]0/M [B]0/M r0/Ms_1
0.488 0.160 0.24
0.244 0.160 0.06
0.244 0.320 0.12

Write the rate law of the reaction.
Solution :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 101

Hence the reaction is 2nd order in A.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 102
Hence the reaction is first order in B.
The order of overall reaction = n = nA + nB = 2 + 1 = 3
By rate law,
Rate = R = k[A]2[B]
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 103
Answer:
(i) Order of reaction = 3
(ii) Rate constant = k = 63M-2s-1
(iii) Rate law : Rate = k [A]2 [B]

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

(20) In acidic solution, sucrose is converted to a mixture of glucose and fructose in pseudo first order reaction. It has been found that the con-centration of sucrose decreased from 20 mmol L-1 to 8 mmol L-1 in 38 minutes. What is the half-life of the reaction?
Solution :
Given :
Initial concentration = [A]0 = [sucrose]0
= 20 mmol L-1
= 20 x 10-3 mol L-1

Final concentration = [A]t = [sucrose]t
= 8 mmol L-1
= 8 x 10-3 mol L-3
time = t = 38 min
Half-life period = t1/2 =?
For first order reaction,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 106
Answer:
Half-life period = t1/2 = 28.74 min

(21) The half-life of a first order reaction is 1.7 hours. How long will it take for 20 % of the reactant to disappear?
Solution :
Given : Half-life period = t1/2 = 1.7 hrs.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 107
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 108
Answer:
Time required for 20% reaction = 32.86 min

(22) The gaseous reaction A2 → 2A is first order in A2. After 12.3 minutes, 65% of A2 remains un­decomposed. How long will it take to decompose 90% of A2? What is the half-life of the reaction?
Solution :
Given : A2 → 2A
t1 = 12.3 min
[A]0 = 100, [A], = 65
t2 = ? for 90 % decomposition Half-life period = t1/2 = ?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 109
Answer:
(i) Time required for 90% reaction = 65.8 min
(ii) Half-life periods = t1/2 = 19.8 min

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

(23) Sucrose decomposes in acid solution to give glucose and fructose according to the first-order rate law. The half-life of the rection is 3 hours. Calculate the fraction of sucrose which will remain after 8 hours.
Solution :
Given : Half-life period = t1/2 = 3 hrs
Time = t = 8 hrs
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 110
Answer:
Fraction of sucrose left = 0.1576

(24) The rate constant of a first order reaction is 6.8 x 10-4 s-1. If the initial concentration of the reactant is 0.04 M, what is its molarity after 20 minutes? How long will it take for 25% of the reactant to react?
Solution :
Given : Rate constant = k = 6.8 x 10-4s-1
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 111
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 112
Answer:
(i) Molarity of reactant after 20 min = 0.0177 M
(ii) Time for 25 % of the reaction = 7.05 min

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

(25) The rate constant of a certain first-order reaction is 3.12 x 10-3 min-1,
(a) How many minutes does it take for the reactant concentra­tion to drop to 0.02 M if the initial concentration of the reactant is 0.045 M?
(b) What is the molarity of the reactant after 1.5 hr?
Solution :
Given : Rate constant = k = 3.12 x 10-3 min-1
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 113
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 114
Answer:
(i) Time required to drop the concentration to 0.02 M = 260 min
(ii) Molarity after 1.5 hr = 0.034 M

(26) From the following data for the decomposition of azoisopropane,
(CH32)2 CHN = NCH(CH3)2 → N2 + C6H14 estimate the rate of the reaction when total pressure is 0.75 stm.

Time/s Total pressure/atm
0 0.65
200 1.0

Solution :
Given :
(CH3)2CHN = NCH(CH3)2(g) → N2(g) + C6H14(g)
At time t P0 – x x x
At t = 0, [A]0 = P0 = 0.65 atm
At t = 200 s,
Total pressure = PT = 0.75 atm, Rate =?
From the reaction,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 115
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 116
Answer:
Rate of the reaction = 2.13 x 10-3 atm s-1

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

(27) The rate constant for a zero order reaction is 0.04 Ms-1. Calculate the half-life period of the reaction, when the initial concentration of the reactant is 0.01 M.
Solution :
Given : Order of the reaction = 0
Rate constant = k = 0.04 Ms-1
Concentration = [A]0 = 0.01 M
Half-life period = t1/2 =?
For zero order reaction,
\(t_{1 / 2}=\frac{[\mathrm{A}]_{0}}{2 k}=\frac{0.01}{0.04}=0.25 \mathrm{~s}\)
Answer:
Half-life period = t1/2 = 0.25 s

(28) A flask contains a mixture of A and B. Both the compounds decompose by first order kinetics. The half-lives are 60 min for A and 15 min for B. If the initial concentrations of A and B are equal, how long will it take for the concentration of A to be three times that of B?
Solution :
Given :
For A : tm = 60 min For B : t1/2 = 15 min
Let initial concentrations of
[A]0 = [B]0 = M mol dm-3
After time t, let the concentrations be, [B]t = x, then [A]t = 3x
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 117
Answer:
After 31.8 min, concentration of A will be three time that of B. ‘

Question 53.
Obtain Arrhenius equation from collision theory of bimolecular reactions.
Answer:
Consider a bimolecular reaction,
A – B + C → A + B – C
(i) Collisions of reactant molecules : The basic
requirement for a reaction to occur is reacting species A – B and C must come together and collide. The rate of reaction will depend on the rate and frequency of collisions between them. As the i concentration and temperature increase, rate of collisions increases, hence the rate of reaction increases. But the rate of reaction is low as com-pared to the rate of collisions.

(ii) Energy of activation : For fruitful collisions, the colliding molecules must possess a certain amount of energy called activation energy Ea. Due to collisions between A – B and C, there is a change in electron distribution about three nuclei namely A, B and C so that old A – B bond is weakened while new bond is partially formed between B and C, and results in the formation of an activated complex or a transition state.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 119

Therefore transition state always has higher energy than reactants or products. Due to high energy, activated complex is unstable, short lived and decomposes into the products.

To form activated complex, the reactant mol-ecules have to climb the potential energy barrier i. e., activation energy level, hence molecular collision energy of colliding molecules must be high so that reactant molecules form activated complex and further decompose into products.

The fraction (f) of molecules at temperature T having activation energy Ea is given by f = e-Ea/RT.

If P represents the probability of Z collisions with proper orientation then,
Reaction rate = P x Z x e-Ea/RT,

Hence the rate constant k of the reaction may be represented as, k = A x e-Ea/RT where A is called frequency factor or pre-exponential factor and ΔH is the enthalpy change of the reaction. This equation is called Arrhenius equation.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Question 54.
Define :
(i) Transition state or activated complex.
Answer:
Transition state or activated complex : The configuration of atoms formed from reactant molecules and which is at the peak of barrier in energy profile diagram having maximum potential energy compared to reactants and products is called transition state or activated complex.

Question 55.
If a gaseous reaction has activation energy 75k J mol-1 at 298 K, find the fraction of successful collisions.
Answer:
Activation energy = Ea = 75 kJ mol-1 = 75000 mol-1; Temperature = T = 298 K The fraction (f) of successful collisions between the molecules with an energy equal to Ea is given by,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 120
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 121
This shows that only 7 collisions out of 1014 collisions are sufficiently energetic to convert reactants into products.

Question 56.
Draw energy profile diagram and show
(i) Activated complex
(ii) Energy of activation for forward reaction
(iii) Energy of activation for backward reaction
(iv) Heat of reaction.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 122
(i) B → Activated complex
(ii) Ef → Energy of activation for forward reaction
(iii) Eb → Energy of activation for backward reaction
(iv) ΔH → Heat of reaction.

Question 57.
Obtain Arrhenius equation, k = A x e-Ea/RT
Answer:
(i) From experimental observations of variation in rate constants with temperature, Arrhenius developed a mathematical equation between reaction rate con­stant (k), activation energy (Ea) and temperature T.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 123

When a graph of Ink is plotted against reciprocal of temperature (1/T) a straight line with a negative slope is obtained. This is described by a mathematical equation as,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 124

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

where k is a rate constant, R is the gas constant, E.a is activation energy, T is absolute temperature and the parameter A is called frequency factor or preexponential factor. This is Arrhenius equation.

Question 58.
What is a frequency factor or pre-exponential factor?
Answer:
In Arrhenius equation, k=A x e-Ea/RT the factor A is called frequency factor and since it is a coefficient of exponential expression, e~Ea/RT it is also called a pre-exponential factor.

In the above equation k is a rate constant at temperature T, Ea is the energy of activation and R is a gas constant.

A is related to frequency of collisions (Z) or rate of collisions. It is represented as, A = P x Z where P is the probability of collisions with proper orientations and Z is the frequency of collisions of reacting molecules.

The units of A are same as that of k.

Question 59.
Obtain a relation, \(\log _{10} \frac{k_{2}}{k_{1}}=\frac{E_{\mathrm{a}}\left(T_{2}-T_{1}\right)}{2.303 R \times T_{1} \times T_{2}}\),
OR
Obtain a relation showing variation in rate constant with temperature.
Answer:
By arrhenius equation, the rate constant k of the reaction at a temperature T is represented as, k = A x e-Ea/RT where A is a frequency factor, R is a gas constant and Ed is the energy of activation.

By taking logarithm to the base e, we get,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 126

If kt and k2 are the rate constants at temperatures T1 and T2 respectively, then
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 127
By measuring the rate constants k1 and k2 at two different temperatures T1 and T2, the energy of activation Ea of the reaction can be obtained.

Question 60.
How is the energy of activation determined from rate constants at two different temperatures?
Answer:
For the given reaction, rate constants k1 and k2 are measured at two different temperatures T1 and T2 respectively. Then \(\log _{10} \frac{k_{2}}{k_{1}}=\frac{E_{\mathrm{a}}\left(T_{2}-T_{1}\right)}{2.303 R \times T_{1} \times T_{2}}\) where Ea is the energy of activation.

Hence by substituting appropriate values, energy of activation Ea for the reaction is determined.

Question 61.
Obtain a relation, \(\frac{k_{2}}{k_{1}}=\frac{\left(t_{1 / 2}\right)_{2}}{\left(t_{1 / 2}\right)_{1}}\), where k1 and k2 are rate constants while (t1/2)1 and (t1/2)2 are halflife periods of the first order reaction at temperatures T1 and T2 respectively. Write the relation for activation energy.
Answer:
The rate constant k and half-life period t1/2 are related as
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 129

Question 62.
How does a catalyst differ from reaction intermediate?
Answer:

  • A catalyst accelerates the rate of reaction, while reaction intermediate has no effect on the rate of the reaction.
  • The catalyst is always present at the start of the reaction whereas reaction intermediate is produced during the mechanism of the reaction.
  • A catalyst is consumed in one of the steps of mechanism and regenerated in a subsequent step while the reaction intermediate is formed in one step and consumed in subsequent step.
  • The catalyst is stable but the reaction intermediate is unstable and short lived.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

Question 63.
How is lowering of activation energy in the presence of a catalyst obtained?
Answer:

  • In the presence of a catalyst, activation energy of a reaction is lowered, hence rate and rate constant increase.
  • If ΔEa is lowering of activation energy, while k1 and k2 are the rate constants of the reaction in the absence and presence of the catalyst respectively then,
    Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 135

Question 64.
The rate constant of a reaction of 400 K is 1.35 x 102s-1. When a nickel catalyst is used, the rate constant of the reaction becomes 3.8 x 102s-1. Find activation energy. If the initial activation energy is 20 KJ, what will be activation energy in the presence of the catalyst?
Answer:
In the presence of a catalyst, the activation energy is lowered and rate constant is increased.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 136
The decrease activation energy of the reaction in the presence of a catalyst will be Ea = 20 – 3.446 = 16.554 kJ.

Solved Examples 6.6-6.7

Question 65.
Solve the following :

(1) Calculate activation energy for a reaction of which rate constant becomes four times when temperature changes from 30 °C to 50 °C. (Given : R = 8.314 K-1mol-1)
Solution :
Given : k2 = 4k1
T1 = 273 + 30 = 303 K
T2 = 273 + 50 = 323 K
Activation energy = Ea =?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 141
Answer:
Activation energy = Ea = 56.41 kJ

(2) The rate constant of a first order reaction are 0.58 s-1 at 313 K and 0.045 s-1 at 293 K. What is the energy of activation for the reaction?
Solution :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 142
Answer:
Energy of activation = Ea = 97.46 kJ mol-1

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

(3) The energy of activation for a first order reaction is 104 kJ mol-1. The rate constant at 25°C is 3.7 x 10-5s-1. What is the rate constant at 30 °C?
Solution :
Given : Energy of activation = Ea = 104 kJ mol-1 = 104 x 103 mol-1
Initial rate constant – k1= 3.7 x 10-5 s-1
Initial temperature = T1 = 273 + 25 = 298 K
Final temperature = T2 = 273 + 30 = 303 K
Final rate constant = k2 =?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 143
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 144
Answer:
Rate constant at 30 0C = 7.4 x 10-4 s-1

(4) What is the activation energy for a reaction whose rate constant doubles when temperature changes from 30 °C to 40 °C?
Solution :
Given :
Initial rate constant = k1
and final rate constant = k2; \(\frac{k_{2}}{k_{1}}\) = 2
Initial temperature = T1 = 273 + 30 = 303 K
Final temperature = T2 = 273 + 40 = 313 K
Energy of activation = Ea = ?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 145
Answer:
Activation energy = Ea = 54.66 kj mol-1

(5) The activation energy for a certain reaction is 334.4 kj mol-1. How many times larger is the rate constant at 610 K than the rate constant at 600 K?
Solution :
Given :
Activating energy = Ea = 334.4 kJ mol-1
= 334.4 x 103 J mol-1
Initial temperature = T1 = 600 K
Final temperature = T2 = 610 K
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 146
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 147
Answer:
Rate constant increase three time.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

(6) The rate of a reaction at 600 K is 7.5 x 105 times the rate of the same reaction at 400 K. Calculate the energy of activation for the reaction. (Hint: The ratio of rates is equal to the ratio of rate constants.)
Solution :
Given : \(\frac{R_{2}}{R_{1}}\) = 7.5 x 105.
From the hint, \(\frac{R_{2}}{R_{1}}=\frac{k_{2}}{k_{1}}\) = 7.5 x 10s
Initial temperature = T1 = 400 K
Final temperature = T2 = 600 K
Energy of activation = Ea = ?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 148
Answer:
Activation energy = Ea = 135 kj mol-1

(7) The rate constant of a first order reaction at 25 °C is 0.24 s’. If the energy of activation of the reaction is 88 kJmol-1, at what temperature would this reaction have rate constant of 4 x 10-2s-1?
Solution :
Given : k2 =0.24s-1; k2 =4 x 10-2s-1 T1 = 273 + 25 = 298 K
Energy of activation = Ea
= 88 kJ mol-1 = 88000 J mol-1
T2 = ?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 149
Answer:
Temperature = 283.6 K

(8) The half-life of a first order reaction is 900 min at 820 K. Estimate its half-life at 720 K if the energy of activation ot the reaction is 250 kJ mol-1 (1.464 x 105 mm).
Solution:
Given: Initial half-life period = (t1/2)1 = 900 min
Energy of activation = 250 kJ mol-1
= 250 x 103 kJ mol-1
Initial temperature = T1 = 820 K
Final temperature = T2 = 720 K
Final half-life period = (t1/2)2 = ?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 150
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 151
Answer:
Half-life period = 1.46 x 105 min

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

(9) The rate of a gaseous reaction is 6.08 x 10-2 Ms-1 at 50°C. What will be its rate at 60°C? Energy of activation of the reaction is 18.26 kj mol-1. (R = 8.314k-1 mol-1)
Solution :
Given : Initial rate = R1 = 6.08 x 10″2Ms-1
Energy of activation = Ea = 18.26 kJmol-1 = 18260 mol-1
Initial temperature = T1 = 273 + 50 = 323 K
Final temperature = T2 = 273 + 60 = 333 K
Final rate of the reaction = R2 = ?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 152
Answer:
Rate of reaction at 37°C = 7.46 x 10-2 Ms-1

(10) A first order gas-phase reaction has an energy of activation of 240 kj mol-1. If the frequency factor of the reaction is 1.6 x 1013 s-1, calculate its rate constant at 600 K.
Solution :
Given : Energy of activation = Ea = 240 kJ mol-1 = 240 x 103 mol-1
Frequency factor = A = 1.6x 1013 s-1
Temperature = T= 600 K
Rate constant = k = ?
By Arrhenius equation,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 153
Answeer:
Rate constant = k = 2.01 x 10-8 s-1

(11) In the Arrhenius equation for a first order reaction, the values of ‘A’ and ‘Ea’ are 4 x 1013 sec-1 and 98.6 kJ mol-1 respectively. At what temperature will its half-life period be 10 minutes? [R = 8.314 JK-1 mol-2]
Solution :
Given
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 154
= 311.3 K
Answer:
Temperature = T = 311.3 K

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

(12) The frequency factor for a second-order reaction is 4.83 x 1012M-1s-1 at 27°C. If the rate con­stant of the reaction is 1.37 x 10-3M-1s-1, find the energy of activation.
Solution :
Given : Frequency factor = A
= 4.83 x 1012 M-1s-1
Rate constant = k= 1.37 x 10-3 M-1s-1
Temperature = T = 273 + 27 = 300 K
Energy of activation = Ea = ?
By Arrhenius equation,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 155
Answer:
Energy of activation = Ea = 89.305 kJ mol1

(13) Rate constants (k) for a reaction were measured at different temperatures. When log10ft was plotted against 1/T, the slope of the graph was 3.28 x 103. Calculate the energy of activation.
Solution :
Given : Slope of a graph = 3.28 x 103
Activation energy = Ea = ?
From Arrhenius equation, k = A x e-Ea/RT
\(\log _{10} k=\frac{-E_{\mathrm{a}}}{2.303 R} \times \frac{1}{T}+\log _{10} A\)

The graph is a straight line with slope equal to Ea/2.303R
∴ \(\frac{E_{\mathrm{a}}}{2.303 R}\) = 3.28 x 103
∴ Ea = 2.303/? x 3.28 x 103
= 2.303 x 8.314 x 3.28 x 103
= 62.8 x 103 mol-1
= 62.8 kJ mol-1
Answer:
Activation energy = Ea = 62.8 kj mol-1

Multiple Choice Questions

Question 66.
Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each subquestion :

1. The rate of a reaction is expressed in the units
(a) L mol-1t-1
(b) mol dm-3 t-1
(c) Ms
(d) M-1s-1
Answer:
(b) mol dm-3 t-1

2. For a gaseous reaction the unit of rate of reaction is
(a) L atm s-1
(b) atm mol-1s-1
(c) atm s-1
(d) mol s
Answer:
(c) atm s-1

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

3. In the reaction A 4- 3B → 2C, the rate of formation of C is
(a) the same as rate of consumption of A
(b) the same as the rate of consumption of B
(c) twice the rate of consumption of A
(d) 3/2 times the rate of consumption of B
Answer:
(c) twice the rate of consumption of A

4. The units of rate of a reaction and rate constant are same for a reaction of order.
(a) zero
(b) one
(c) two
(d) fractional
Answer:
(a) zero

5. During the progress of a reaction, the rate constant of a reaction
(a) increases
(b) decreases
(c) remains unchanged
(d) first increases and then decreases
Answer:
(a) increases

6. For the reaction, 2A → 3C, the reaction rate is equal to
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 158
Answer:
(c)

7. For the reaction, 2X + 3Y → 4Z, reaction may be represented as
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 159
Answer:
(b)

8. For the reaction 2N2O5(g) → 4NO2(g) + O2(g) liquid bromine, which of the following rate equation is ‘incorrect’?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 160
Answer:
(b)

9. The rate of reaction for certain reaction is expressed as :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 161
The reaction is
(a) 3A → 2B + C
(b) 2B → 3A + C
(c) 2B+C → 3A
(d) 3A + 2B → C
Answer:
(c) 2B+C → 3A

10. Order of a reaction is
(a) number of molecules reacting in a reaction
(b) the number of molecules whose concentration changes during a reaction
(c) the number of molecules of reactants whose concentration determine the rate
(d) increase in number of molecules of products
Answer:
(c) the number of molecules of reactants whose concentration determine the rate

11. The unit of rate constant for zero order reaction is
(a) t-1
(b) mol dm-3 t-1
(c) mol-1 dm3 t-1
(d) mol-2 dm6 t-1
Answer:
(b) mol dm-3 t-1

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

12. A → B is a first order reaction with rate 6.6 x 10-5 ms-1. When [A] is 0.6 m, rate constant of the reaction is-
(a) 1.1 x 10-5 s-1
(b) 1.1 x 10-4 s-1
(c) 9 x 10-5 s-1
(d) 9 x 10-4 s-1
Answer:
(b) 1.1 x 10-4 s-1

13. For a first order reaction, when the rate of a reaction is plotted against concentration of the reactant, then the graph obtained is
(a) a curve
(b) a straight line with negative slope
(c) a straight line with a positive slope
(d) a straight line with positive intercept
Answer:
(c) a straight line with a positive slope

14. For a chemical reaction, A → products, the rate of reaction doubles when the concentration of ‘A’ is increased by a factor of 4, the order of reaction is
(a) 2
(b) 0.5
(c) 4
(d) 1
Answer:
(b) 0.5

15. The order of reaction between equimolar mixture of H2 and Cl2 in the presence of sunlight is
(a) 0
(b) 1
(c) 2
(d) 3
Answer:
(a) 0

16. Molecularity of reaction can be
(a) zero
(b) integral
(c) fractional
(d) negative
Answer:
(b) integral

17. The reaction,
CH3COOC2H5 + H2O \(\stackrel{\mathrm{H}^{+}}{\longrightarrow}\) CH3COOH + C2H5OH is of
(a) zero order
(b) first order
(c) second order
(d) pseudo first order reaction
Answer:
(d) pseudo first order reaction

18. A reaction is first order with respect to reactant A and second order with respect to reactant B. The rate law for the reaction is given by
(a) rate = k[A][B]2
(b) rate = [A][B]2
(c) rate = k [A]2[B]
(d) rate = k[A]0[B]2
Answer:
(a) rate = k[A][B]2

19. Molecularity of an elementary reaction
(a) may be zero
(b) is always integral
(c) may be semi-integral
(d) may be integral, fractional or zero.
Answer:
(b) is always integral

20. The unit of rate constant for first order reaction is
(a) min-2
(b) s
(c) s-1
(d) min
Answer:
(c) s-1

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

21. The integrated rate equation for first order reaction A → products is given by
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 162
Answer:
(b)

22. Time required to complete 90% of the first order reaction is
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 163
Answer:
(a)

23. The rate constant of a first order reaction is given by
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 164
Answer:
(d)

24. The half-life of a first order reaction is 30 min and the initial concentration of the reactant is 0.1M. If the initial concentration of reactant is doubled, then the half-life of the reaction will be
(a) 1800s
(c) 15 min
(b) 60 min
(d) 900s
Answer:
(a) 1800s

25. The rate constant for a first order reaction is loos the time required for completion of 50% of reaction is-
(a) 0.0693 milliseconds
(b) 0.693 milliseconds
(c) 6.93 milliseconds
(d) 69.3 milliseconds
Answer:
(c) 6.93 milliseconds

26. The slope of the straight line obtained by plotting rate versus concentration of reactant for a first order reaction is
(a) – k
(b) – k/2.303
(c) k/2.303
(d) k
Answer:
(d) k

27. If C0 and C are the concentrations of a reactant initially and after time t then, for a first order reaction
(a) C = C0ekr
(b) C0 = 1/C e-kr
(c) C = C0e-kr
(d) CO = C ekr
Answer:
(b) C0 = 1/C e-kr

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

28. A graph corresponding to a first order reaction is
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 165
Answer:
(b)

29. For two first order reactions, A → products and B → products, k1 and k2 are the rate constants. The fIrst reaction (A) is slower than the second reaction (B). The graphical observation corresponding to this observation will be
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 166
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 167
Answer:
(b)

30. Half-life (t1/2) of first order reaction is
(a) dependent of concentration
(b) independent of concentration
(c) dependent of time
(d) dependent of molecularity
Answer:
(b) independent of concentration

31. For a first order reaction, the half-life period is
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 168
Answer:
(c)

32. When half-life period of a zero order reaction is plotted against concentration of the reactant at constant temperature, the graph obtained is
(a) a curve
(b) a straight line with a positive slope
(c) a straight line with a negative slope
(d) an exponential graph
Answer:
(b) a straight line with a positive slope

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

33. The rate of a reaction between A and B is R = k [A]n x [B]m On doubling the concentration of A and halving the concentration of B, the ratio of the new rate to the earlier rate of the reaction will be
(a) m + n
(b) n – m
(c) 2(n-m)
(d) \(\frac{1}{{ }_{2} n+m}\)
Answer:
(c) 2(n-m)

34. Consider the reaction
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 169
(a) 0,052 M/s
(b) 0.114 M/s
(c) 0.026 M/s
(d) -0.026 M/s
Answer:
(c)

35. The rate of the first order reaction A → products is 0.01 M/s, when reactant concentration is 0.2 M. The rate constant for the reaction will be
(a) 0.05 s-1
(b) 0.05 min-1
(c) 0.1 s-1
(d) 0.01 s-1
Answer:
(a) 0.05 s-1

36. The rate constant of a reaction
(a) decreases with increasing Ea
(b) decreases with decreasing Ea
(c) is independent of Ea
(d) decreases with increasing temperature
Answer:
(a) decreases with increasing Ea

37. The slope of a graph In [A]t versus t for a first order reaction is -2.5 x 10-3s-1. The rate constant for the reaction will be
(a) 5.76 x 10-3s-1
(b) 1.086 x 10-3s-1
(c) -2.5 x 10-3s-1
(d) 2.5 x 10-3s-1
Answer:
(d) 2.5 x 10-3s-1

38. For the reaction, Cl2 + 2I → 2CI + I2, the initial concentration of I was 0.2 mol L and the concentration after 20 minutes was 0.18 mol L-1. Then the rate of formation of I2 in mol L min-1 will be
(a) 1 x 10-3
(b) 5 x 10-4
(c) 1 x 10-4
(d) 2 x 10-3
Answer:
(b) 5 x 10-4

39. A catalyst increases the rate of the reaction by
(a) increasing Ea
(b) increasing T
(c) decreasing Ea
(d) decreasing T
Answer:
(c) decreasing Ea

40. The Arrhenius equation is
(a) A = ke-Ea/RT
(b) A/k = e-Ea/RT
(c) k = AeEa/RT
(d) k = Aee-RT/Ea
Answer:
(b) A/k = e-Ea/RT

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

41. The Arrhenius equation is
(a) k = Ae-RT/Ea
(b) A = keEa/RT
(c) k = Ae-RT/Ea
(d) A = keEa/RT
Answer:
(d) A = keEa/RT

42. When the initial concentration of the reactant is doubled, the half-life period of the reaction is also doubled. Hence the order of the reaction is
(a) one
(b) two
(c) fraction
(d) zero
Answer:
(d) zero

43. If k1 and k2 are the rate constants of the given reaction in the presence and absence of the catalyst, then
(a) k1 = k2
(b) k1 > k2
(c) k1 < k2
(d) k1 > k2
Answer:
(b) k1 > k2

44. If the ratio of rate constants at two temperatures for the given reaction is 2.5, the ratio of corresponding half-life periods is
(a) 2.5
(b) 4
(c) 5
(d) 0.4
Answer:
(d) 0.4

45. For a zero order reaction, if Co is the initial concentration, then the half life period will be
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 170
Answer:
(c)

46. The order of nuclear disintegration reaction is
(a) zero
(b) one
(c) two
(d) fraction
Answer:
(b) one

47. The unit of rate constant for zero order reaction is
(a) mol L-2 s-1
(b) mol-1Ls-1
(c) mol2L-2s-1
(d) mol L-1 s-1
Answer:
(d) mol L-1 s-1

48. When a graph of log10k is plotted against 1 /T, the slope of the line is,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 171
Answer:
(d)

49. The slope of a graph obtained by plotting half-life period and initial concentration of the reactant in zero order reaction is
\((a) \frac{2.303}{k}
(b) \frac{1}{k}
(c) \frac{1}{2 k}
(d) \frac{k}{2.303}\)
Answer:
(c)

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics

50. When a graph of log, 0k against 1/T is plotted, for reaction, a graph with slope equal to 1 x 103 is obtained. Hence the activation energy is
(a) 8.314 x 103 Jmor-1
(b) 3.61 kJ mol-1
(c) 4.85 x 103 Jmol-1
(d) 19.1 kJ mol-1
Answer:
(d) 19.1 kJ mol-1

51. The correct expression for activation energy is,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 172
Answer:
(c)

52. In the reaction, 2A(g) → B(g), the initial pressure of A is 2.5 atm. After 10 minutes the pressure becomes 2.2 atm. Hence the pressure of A is
(a) 1.2 atm
(b) 1.9 atm
(c) 2.3 atm
(d) 0.3 atm
Answer:
(b) 1.9 atm

53. The half-life period of zero order reaction A → product is given by –
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Chemical Kinetics 173
Answer:
(c)